Sei sulla pagina 1di 682

A G

N S
Siemens Power
Siemens Power Academy
Academy TD TD

M E
E
DIGSI 5 – Basics

S I
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. siemens.com/poweracademy
DIGSI 5 – Basics

0. Agenda

G
1. Specification of 220 kV Feeder
Protection and Automation

A
2. Basic function of SIPROTEC 5

3.

S
Hardware Overview

4. Communication Modules

N
5. Software Components

E
6. Function Groups and Application Templates

7. Order Configurator and Function Points

M
8. Documentation

E
9. DIGSI 5 - Overview

I
10. DIGSI 5 - Configure

S
11. DIGSI 5 - Control Functions

12. DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device

13. DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points

14. Curriculum Approach & Contacts

Siemens Power Academy


© Siemens AG
G
SIPROTEC 5 / DIGSI 5 Basic i3D Intern (3 days)
Bruhnke (Winter), IC SG SE PTI PA

A
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
9:00 – 12:00 9:00 – 12:00 9:00 – 12:00

S
• Ex 1a: • SIP 5 Documentations (Chap.7) • Ex 08: Online Mode
• SIPROTEC 5 Scope of Supply of 20kV Feeder • DIGSI 5 • Online Operation with SIPROTEC 5
(Chap.1) • HW and SW performance • Edit time and date
• Ex 1b: • Installation (Chap.8.2) • Monitoring of Log Lists
• Basic Functions of SIPROTEC 5 (Teamwork) • License • Reading of Fault Recorts

N
(Chap.2)
• Device Driver • Saving of Process Data
• Ex 2a:
• Download of Settings with
• Handling of SIPROTEC 5 (Teamwork)
“Expert Configuration”
• Ex 2b:

E
• Compare Devices
• Height lights of SIP 5 (Teamwork)
• Group 1: HW Concept (Chap.3.1) • Ex 04a: • Ex 09:
• Group 2: Communication Concept (Chap.3.2) • Design of 220 kV Feeder SLD with DIGSI 5 • Logic Function Charts (CFC)
• Group 3: I/O , CT & VT Terminals (Chap.3.1) • Ex 04b: Flashing LEDs
• Group 4: Dimensions of SIP 5 (Manual) • Design of SIP 5 Device with DIGSI 5 • Ex 10:

M
• Logic Function Charts (CFC) Setting Group
Changing
Lunch Lunch Lunch
13:00 – 16:30 13:00 – 17:00 13:00 – 16:30

E
• Presentation of Height Lights • Ex 05: • Ex 11:
• SIP 5 Hardware Concept (Chap.3.1) • Implementation of Control Functions with DIGSI 5 • Display Power Flow and SF6 Lost

I
• SIP 5 Communication Concept (Chap.3.2) • Ex 06: • Ex 12a: Expansion of Function Points
• SIP 5 Software Concept (Chap.4) • Design of SIP5 Display Pages with DIGSI 5
• SIP 5 Function Groups & Application Templates (Chap.5) • Ex 07a:

S
• Ex 3a :SIP 5 Device Orders No. with SIP 5 Online • Implementation of Protection Functions (Distance1)
Configuration (Chap.6) • Ex 07b:
• Ex 3b SIP 5 Module Orders No. with SIP 5 Online • Implementation of Protection Functions (Distance2)
Configuration (Chap.6)
• Ex 07c:
• Implementation of Protection Functions
(Overcurrent)

Preparation:

Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.


F00_Page 1 Course Title Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
SIPROTEC 5 /
M E
S I E
DIGSI 5 BASIC Course
01 Specification of 220 kV Feeder Protection and Automation
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2013. All rights reserved.
G
Specification of 220 kV Feeder-Protection and Automation

S A

= D 01
3~50Hz 220 kV
100 km

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
220 kV:

M E
220 kV:
I E
-BA 11
S
Version: D_10_Page 2
01 Specification of 220 kV SG
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Specification of 220 kV Feeder-Protection and Automation

220 kV:

3~50Hz 220 kV
S

-BA 11

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N

-QB 11
-QA1
E

-QC 11

= D 02
-QC 2

-QC 1
3

-QB 21
E M
-QC 21
220
I
220
kV:
kV:
S
-BA 21
01 Specification of 220 kV SG Siemens Power Academy TD
Version: D_10_Page 3 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Specification of 220 kV Feeder-Protection and Automation

A
This specification covers the design of a HV substation protection system.
A combined distance and Two end differential protection relay (3 pol.) shall be provided to protect and control the OHL feeder =D01
and the Busbar Coupler =D02.

S
The devices should have 19 binary inputs, 12 Standard and 3 Fast binary outputs.
The protection device has to have 2 Voltage- and 2 Current-systems interfaces for Line 800/1 5P30 48 VA (Error 1%/ 5%)
and for BC 2500/1 5P30 40 VA (Error 1%/ 5%) (CT neutr. point not to objects). The 220 kV Network is insulated.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The device should be flexible enough to activate maximal additional protection functions at any time without changing the device and
without additional costs.

E
The interface for GOOSE communication should be separated from the differential protection interface.
The protection device should have a changeable FO-interface with dual ports, one channel for two end line differential protection
and one channel for existing Substation Automation System with IEC 60870-5-103.

M
For the communication to the new Substation Automation System and for Inter-device-GOOSE-communication should be use IEC
61 850 protocol. For IEC 61850 should be use a separate changeable electrical module with two canals and integrated Ethernet-
switch.

E
The protection devise should communicate over a separate Ethernet-interface for DIGSI 5.

I
The device should be flush mounting and provide local control functionality with a large display and key switches and should have

S
32 LEDs, 16 LEDs of those should be color changeable.
The power supply in the substation is 48 V DC.

01 Specification of 220 kV SG Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_10_Page 4 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5/

S
DIGSI 5 BASIC-Course
02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
G
Basic function of SIPROTEC 5

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection 21 87L 50 51 50BF 25 79

S
Measurement Q cos A max
A V f P
Metering
+kWh -kWh

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring SW HW I=0
Feeder Monitoring SF6 loss Pick up CB Live time

E
Control Local Remode SLD
Data Acquisition Trip log Status log Alarm log
C urrent i L2/ A

M
2

Fault Recording 0

-2
-0,4 -0,3 -0,2 -0,1 -0,0 0,1 0, 2 0,3 0,4 0,5
t/s
-4

Automation-Logic Bay Interlocking Sequences

E
Time Synchronization GPS IRIG B DCF 77 IEC 103

I
Communication IEC 103 IEC 61850 GOOSE

S
Security Safe CT Interlock Passwort
Test BI BO Interfase I-Simulation

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 2 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Protection Application

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection SIPROTEC 5 includes all protection functions for transmission and subtransmission networks

S
Measurement
SIPROTEC 5 is applicable for different substation designs
Metering Single, double and triple busbar designs
1,5 CB schemes, ….

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring

Feeder Monitoring Application templates are available for different schemes

E
Pre configuration reduces the engineering efforts
Control
User defined standards leads simplification and repeatability
Data Acquisition Copying of functions and setting between the devices

M
Fault Recording
The library concept increases the flexibility
Automation-Logic Required functions can easily be loaded into the device

E
A wide range of proven protection functions are available
Time Synchronization
Possible extensions are made simple (add stages, zones,..)

I
Communication
A clear functional structure (function groups) clusters the functions, allows flexible

S
Security applications and guarantees correct operation
Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 3 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Control and Automation

A
SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 5 includes all functions for Control and Automation of transmission


Protection
and subtransmission networks

S
Measurement
CFC (continuous function chart) includes all elements for interlocking
Metering Local control on the device
Remote control through DIGSI

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring
Remote control from the SSA through serial interface
Feeder Monitoring
Application templates are available with predefined interlocking

E
Control Pre configuration reduces the engineering efforts
User defined standardization
Data Acquisition

Complete Station interlocking through IEC61850 and GOOSE

M
Fault Recording

Automation-Logic Automation solutions

E
Tap changer control
Time Synchronization

I
Intelligent load shedding (active power + frequency)
Communication Network changeover, stability supervision
Management of distributed generation in Smart Grid plants

S
Security

Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 4 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Monitoring

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection SIPROTEC 5 includes all functions for effective monitoring of transmission


and subtransmission network

S
Measurement

Metering
Self supervision
All internal hardware components and external interfaces, runtime of software

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring Clear text indication (cause of failure and countermeasure)
Feeder Monitoring
Monitoring of primary equipment

E
Control
Operational log records process data with a time stamp (up to 2000 events)
Data Acquisition Monitoring of the system through measurement supervision (voltage and frequency, power
and load) and through measuring transducer (analogue 4 to 20 mA ) inputs

M
Fault Recording (SF6 loss, gas pressure, temperature,…)
Automation-Logic

E
Powerful fault analysis
Time Synchronization
Fault recording with a high sampling rate and a long period (8 kHz & 20s or 1 kHz & 160 s)

I
Communication Trip log with 1 ms resolution and up to 1000 events

S
Security

Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 5 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Communication

A
SIPROTEC 5

Netzleitstelle
Protection
Redundant interfacing to control center,

S
Measurement e.g. with DNP3, (black)

Metering
SICAM PAS SICAM PAS • Connection to both substation systems

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring
• IEC 61850 (blue)

Feeder Monitoring
IEC 60870-5-103 (rot)

E
Control SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5
Separate connection to field level for

Data Acquisition GOOSE communication IEC 61850 (grün)

M
Fault Recording

Automation-Logic Separate connection to DIGSI 5 – PC with

E
Ethernet IEC 61850
Time Synchronization

I
Communication

S
Security

Test
DIGSI 5

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 6 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Communication

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection
SIPROTEC 5 includes powerful communication functionality
Flexible communication modules standard hardware components (physical hardware is independent

S
Measurement
of software)
Metering Support of standard communication protocols
IEC 61850; IEC 60870-5-103

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring DNPi 3.0,….
Flexible communication solutions are possible
Feeder Monitoring Double 103 protocol

E
Redundant topologies with SSA
Control Powerful protection data interface (for differential protection, data exchange in substation, DIGSI 5
communication)
Data Acquisition
Communication is the key feature of all applications

M
Fault Recording Smart grid means flexibility in communication
Automation-Logic
SIPROTEC 5 supports Cyber Security requirements

E
Present standards are fulfilled (NERC CIP, BDEW,…)
Time Synchronization

I
DIGSI 5 communication with encryption and strong password access
Communication

S
Security

Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 7 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5/

S I
DIGSI 5 BASIC-Course
03 Hardware Overview
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Content

S
Overview: Look from the outside
Types of IO-Modules

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Rear view, Principle of terminal naming

E
Typical Devices
A closer look to the inside
Summary

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 2
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Wath are new ?

S
Modular device concept, freely configurable
Delivered devices can be expanded with 1/6-moduls

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
without problems

E
Customers can configure their individual device for
specific applications
Up to 40 analog input channels (U, I)

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 3
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Base Module with Expansion Modules

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 4
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Mounting of an expansion module

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 5
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Detailed view on module connections

Robust and stable

S
connection
between parts

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 6
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

Different Types of Operator Panels for Base Module

Dual Color

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
LEDs
(settable to

E
green or red)

I E M
S
No Display

Version: D_02_Page 7
Small Display
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Large Display

Siemens Power Academy TD


G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Operator Panels for expansion modules

S Single

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Color
LEDs

E
(red)

I E M
S
Without LED

Version: D_02_Page 8
With LED With LED and key switches
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Surface mounted device – front view

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 9
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Operating Elements Base Module Expansion Module
of HMI
Description Field

S
for LEDs

16 LEDs (red)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
16 LEDs (green or Description Field
red, selectable) for LEDs

E
Context Sensitive Keys
LED Acknowledge

M
and Reset of Cursor Keys
latched
information

I E
Numerical Keys Key Switch S5
and Function Keys „Remote/Local“

S
Key Switch S1
USB plug-in
„Interlocking Off / Normal“
Description Field
Control of Switching Elements
for Function Keys

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 10 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Change of Current Transformer

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 11
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Current Transformer is inside of Current Terminal

Voltage terminal

S
(for voltage measurement, BI, BO)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Current

E
transformer

I E M
S
Current terminal

Version: D_02_Page 12
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Change of modules

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 13
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Types of IO-Boards

A
Properties of IO-Boards

14 different IO boards have been designed to meet the requirements for

S
the possible applications.
Elements to be combined on the different IO boards:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Binary Inputs (with and without common potentials)

E
Relay: Relay Standard 9 ms (Make contact, normally open)
Relay Standard (Change over contact)
Relay Fast 6 ms (Make contact, normally open)

M
Relay Fast (Change over contact)
Power-Relay

E
High-Speed Relay 0,2 ms (semi-conductor speed-up)

I
Current Transducer Input (Protection or Measurement)
Voltage Transducer Input

S
Measurement transducer input (20mA)
Plug-In-Modules (Communication, 20mA Input, Memory,…)

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 14 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (1)
PS201 IO201

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Life Contact

E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 15
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (2)
IO202 IO203

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 16
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (3)
IO205 IO206

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 17
Variant of IO205
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (4)
IO207

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 18
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (5)
IO208 IO209

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 19
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (6)
IO214 CB202

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Variant of IO202

Version: D_02_Page 20
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Label: Position
and type of IO

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Battery

Version: D_02_Page 21
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Rear view, Principle of Terminal Naming

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 22
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Example of Typical Devices (1/2)

Basic protection relay for Base Module with IO202

S
directional measuring 4xI, 4xU, 11BI, 8BO,
1 Life Contact

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
M
Protection relay for two Base Module with

E
measuring points IO208 and Extension

I
Module with IO202
(1,5 circuit breaker method) 8xI, 8xU, 15BI, 19BO,
1 Life Contact

S
Version: D_02_Page 23
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Example of Typical Devices (2/2)

Bay Controller for double

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
bus feeder with large

E
number of IO signals

Base Module with

M
IO202 and Extension
Modules with IO202 and

E
3xIO207

I
4xI, 4xU, 67BI, 38BO,
1 Life Contact

S
Version: D_02_Page 24
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Look to the inside (1/2)
Highlights of Power Supply
PS201 IO20x IO20x

S
Distributed Power Supply
1,5V 5V for high availability and high

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
EMC resistance
Thermal load is distributed
3,3V -5V

E
All voltages are supervised
detailed diagnostic
11V Wide Range PS (24/48 V DC,

M
60-220V AC/DC)
24/48V range will not be

E
damaged if connected to

I
higher voltage

S
Local power bus 28V

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 25 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

Look to the inside (2/2)

A
Highlights of A/D sampling

S
I
U
5 Ranges
Cross-wiring of Current and
Current Clamp 8 pol.

Voltage Groups to different


I
U
5 Ranges A

A/D Converters

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
D
I
U 4 channel

Fast error detection for


Sigma
5 Ranges
Delta 1

A/D converters
I

E
U

5 Ranges

EEPROM

A/D converter 24 Bit


(SIPROTEC4: 22 Bit)

M
U

better accuracy
U
Voltage Clamp 14 pol.

E
U
U A
Calibration factor on current

I
D

transformer terminal
4 channel
Sigma
U Delta 2
U

S
U
U

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 26 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Summary and Highlights (1/2) Modular device concept, freely configurable
Delivered devices can be expanded with 1/6-moduls
without problems
Customers can configure their individual device for specific

S
applications
Up to 40 analog input channels (U, I)

Devices without Jumpers – no more opening


of device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
1A/5A-rated current will be set electronically.
Three thresholds of binary inputs (15V, 71V, 154V) can be

E
set individually using software

Powerful signal processing


Sampling rate up to 16 kHz (protection 1kHz)
Maximum 40 analog channels (24 for protection)

M
Prepared for PMU functionality

Draw out of terminal blocks

E
Simple exchange of current transformers
Pre-Wiring is possible

I
Change to sensitive ground fault CT input is possible after
ordering

S
Service-friendly
Opening of device not necessary (battery, modules,… can
be changed without opening)

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 27 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Summary and Highlights (2/2) On-Site operation panel, visualization
9 freely configurable function keys
Option of small and large display for all devices

S
Up to 16 multicolor LEDs + the option of 4*16 red LEDs

IEC61508 Certification

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Safety standard, certificate scheduled for step 2
all necessary developments are available in step 1

E
Memory module 8 GB (step 2)
For long-time fault records
For power quality data

Identical Wiring for panel-mounted and

M
surface-mounted device
Standardization saves time

E
Standardization prevents from errors

S
Version: D_02_Page 28
I 03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
04 Communication modules
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S
Plugin – modules hardware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
and general features

E
Initial communication
configuration

M
Assignment for protocols

I E
Protocol features - Overview

S
Protocol testing

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Front view of the device with USB interfaces

USB interface for PC with DIGSI 5

A G
Standard USB cable (no special cable required)

S
No USB hub supported
Initialize device via USB interface necessary for
the initial configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E NUSB interface for a memory stick

M
Allow connection of a memory stick
Future features possible like:
Read out file system, logs and fault records

E
Authorize with a memory stick (user authorization)

I
Device replacement. Device configuration stored
on the memory stick.

S
Version: D_01_Page 4
04 Communication modules
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Rear view of the device with terminals, plug-in-module

G
positions and communication ports (1)

A
Plug-in module (Position E)
Can be equipped with every available plug in-module

S
Modules can be changed without opening the device
Different electrical or optical modules available for
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Plug-in module (Position F)
Can be equipped with every available plug-in-module
Modules can be changed without opening the device
Different electrical or optical modules available for

M
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications
E

I E
Integrated Ethernet interface (Port J)
Rear standard Ethernet interface for DIGSI 5

S
F J Option: Cost effective IEC 61850 client server
communication (for six clients,
no GOOSE messages)

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Rear view of the device with terminals, plug-in-module

G
positions and communication ports (2)

A
Time synchronization port (Port G)
Time telegrams IRIB-B00 from GPS – receiver

S
Time telegrams from a DFC 77 receiver
1 s pulse for high precision time sync. applications
Fully pin compatible with SIPROTEC 4 Port A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


(all external converters and cables can be

N
used)

E
Separate/remote operational panel
(Port H)
G Connection to remote operational panel

M
External panel will be fully supplied by this port

I E
Com-Link to expansion module (Port K)
Communication link to expansion module CB202

S
J Special Ethernet link (can not be used as
K standard Ethernet connection)
CB202 can not be used stand alone

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Rear view of expansion – module CB202

G
for 3 additional plug-in – module

A
Terminal block
For independent wide range power supply

S
Com-Link to base module (Port L)
Communication link to Port K of base module

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Plug-in module (Position M)
L Can be equipped with special plug-in-modules

E
(20 mA analog inputs)
M Not designed for use with communication modules

Plug-in module (Position N)

M
Can be equipped with every available plug-in-module
Modules can be changed without opening the device
N

E
Different electrical or optical modules available for

I
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications

Plug-in module (Position P)

S
Can be equipped with every available plug-in-module
P Modules can be changed without opening the device
Different electrical or optical modules available for
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 7 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A trend-setting communication architecture

G
A new communication design

A
Hardware and communication design is like playing with LEGO bricks
1)
Building new functions through use of programmable FPGA hardware

S
(HDLC controller, time tagging, MAC address filtering for GOOSE…).
Microprocessors is running inside the FPGA
Different applications running on one module type

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
(Serial protocols and protection data interface on one type of module)
Separation of communication (plug-in module) and protection / control application

E
(main CPU)

I E M
S
from easy one
1) Field programmable gate array to complex functions

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 8 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Siemens Power Academy TD
G

end
frontend
Physicalfront
al
Physical
ic l l)
ys icaria l)
serial module with 2 optical ports

phhys(se ria
ific p d (se
ec ificen d
A

Sp ec nt en
Spfroont
fr
Universal

ith
rw e
so a r
S
es dw ith
oc ar
pr h r w
n l e so a re
tio ab es dw
ica am oc ar
N
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
un gr pr h
m ro n l e

04 Communication modules
A common architecture is used for all modules

m y p tio ab
Co full nica ram
u g
m ro
m yp
Co full
Internal bus connector
E al

with Ethernet links


Internal bus connector
Physical front end

M
without / with integrated switch

ic et)
Communication plug-in modules

ys rn
p h th e
ific (E
ec n d
Sp nt e
Ethernet module

fro

E
ith
rw e
so a r

I
es dw
oc ar

Version: D_01_Page 9
pr h

S
n le
tio ab
ica am
un gr
m ro
m yp
Co full
Internal bus connector
Serial electrical and optical communication module

G
with one or two independent ports

A
One or two RS485 ports with RJ45 –
connectors for one / two independent protocol

S
applications
Use of standard Ethernet patch cables saves
cost for cabling (no 7XV5103 cables required)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
US A
RT-A
C-2E Each module has a unique readable name
L
(e.g. USART-AB-1EL, USART-AC-2EL)

E
Electrical module with RS485 interface
One or two 820 nm fiber optical ports with
ST – connectors for one / two

M
independent protocol applications
Optical connector and cabling fully compatible

E
to SIPROTEC 4. Multimode-fiber 62,5/125 m

I
Each module has a unique readable name
(e.g. USART-AD-1FO, USART-AE-2FO)

S
Synchronous (HDLC or IEEE C37.94)
Fiber optical module with
820 nm interface or asynchronous operation mode

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Optical long distance communication modules

G
with one or two independent ports

S A
One or two 1300 / 1550 nm ports with LC –
simplex or LC – duplex connectors for one/two
independent protocol applications

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Spanned distance over single mode fiber
24 km / 60 km / 100 km with 2 fibers

E
40 km over 1 fiber (integrated WDM*)
Saves expensive fibers for long distances
Optical long distance module Spanned distance over multimode fiber

M
with two 1300 or 1550 nm interfaces
4 km with 2 fiber cables
Identical hardware like 24 km

E
single mode module

I
Each module has a unique readable name
(e.g. USART-AF-1LDFO, USART-AW-2LDFO)

S
* Wave division multiplexer

Version: D_01_Page 11
04 Communication modules
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Optical or electrical Ethernet module

G
Two ports without or with integrated switch

A
Spanned distance over electrical Ethernet
Two RJ45 connectors
20 m with CAT5 double shielded cables

S
Spanned distance over optical Ethernet
2 LC-duplex connectors
2 km with 50/125 um or 62,5/125 um fiber cables

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Operation without or with the integrated switch

E
Electrical Ethernet module with
for the optical and electrical Ethernet module
two electrical ports One or two ports connected to an external switch.
Active port and hot standby port if one

M
connection fails (as SIPROTEC 4 EN100)
Operation with integrated switch. RSTP for max. 40

E
devices in a Ethernet ring topology. This mode is

I
available for every Ethernet based application (e.g.
IEC 61850, DNP 3, syncrophasor protocol ...... )

S
Each module has a unique readable name
Optical Ethernet module with (e.g. ETH-BA-2EL, ETH-BB-2FO)
two optical ports

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 12 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
General features of the communication in

G
SIPROTEC 5 devices

Two module positions in the base housing (E / F). Another three module

S
positions on CB202 extension for communication (M,N,P)
Customer orders plug-in – modules which are not preconfigured with a protocol A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
or communication - application.
Protocols or applications running on plug-in – modules are assigned to the

E
specific module and it's port with DIGSI 5 during the initial configuration
process.
Two serial communication applications running on one module offer a high application

M
density (e.g. IEC 60870-5-103 and protection data interface on one USART-AE–2FO module).

E
Communication redundancy (+ time sync.)
Hardware redundancy (e.g. two substation control interfaces pluggable, two ports)

I
Optical or electrical ring configuration (no interruption of the ring when CB202 is supplied from
another battery as the main device)

S
Functional redundancy (e.g. redundant protocols with 2*IEC 60870-5-103)

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S
Plugin – modules hardware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
and general features

E
Initial communication
configuration

M
Assignment for protocols

I E
Protocol features - Overview

S
Protocol testing

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 14 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Which protocol applications are running on

G
which module?

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
Protocols running on serial modules:
IEC 60870-5-103, DNP 3, PI (Protection Interface)
Protocols running on Ethernet modules:

S
IEC 61850 (C/S 1) , GOOSE), DNP 3, IEEE C37.118, SNTP, RSTP, DCP, DIGSI 5
1) Clients <-> Server

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
05 Software Components of the SIPROTEC 5 system
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Training Objective

What you will learn…


About the SIPROTEC 5 Software components

A G
S
which components are available, compared to SIPROTEC 4
which components can be handled individually by the user

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 2
05 Software Components
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 4 system

A
V4 device Legend:
Firmware (FW) component with own version in the user view;
component can be altered (loaded) individually

S
- operating system
- no. & types of prot. & A SIPROTEC 4 device consists of the following major
autom. functions components:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
- all inter-connections
- CFC blocks Device Firmware (FW)
Device Parameter set (PS)

E
- text font
Parameter set (PS) Both components are handled individually, meaning
- settings that no 1:1 relation exists, but a n:m.
- routing E.g. FW V4.80 is compatible to PS V4.73

M
- CFC charts
- graphic display The device functionality is defined by the firmware.

E
- (text pool) Therefore the firmware is the leading version in the

I
users' view.
com mapping (e.g. approvals usually refer to the FW version)
(text pool)

S
boot system

05 Software Components
Version: D_01_Page 4 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 compared to SIPROTEC 4

A
V4 device V5 device
Firmware (FW) Firmware (FW)
- operating system - operating system

S
- no. & types of prot. & - applic. Operating sys
autom. functions - CFC block
- all inter-connections

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Configuration (CFG)
- CFC blocks - no. & types of prot. &
- text font

E
autom. functions
Parameter set (PS) - inter-con. (MP, FG)
- settings - settings
- routing - routing

M
- CFC charts - CFC charts
- graphic display - graphic display

E
- (text pool) - HDF (HW descript. File)

I
com mapping DAF (dev. Attributes f. )
(text pool) com. mapping

S
boot system (text pool)
text font
boot system

05 Software Components
Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 system

A
V5 device
Firmware (FW) A SIPROTEC 5 device consists of the following
- operating system
two major components:

S
- applic. Operating sys Device Firmware (FW)
- CFC block Device Configuration (CFG)
Configuration (CFG)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
- no. & types of prot. & Both components are handled individually (n:m
autom. functions relationship).

E
- inter-con. (MP, FG) The device functionality is defined by the
- settings firmware AND the configuration. Therefore the
- routing firmware is no longer the one leading version in

M
- CFC charts the users view. It is FW and CFG version.
- graphic display E.G. an approval must document both versions.
- HDF (HW descript. File)

E
All other components can be changed

I
DAF (dev. Attributes f. )
individually.
com. mapping
(text pool)

S
text font
boot system

05 Software Components
Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 compared to SIPROTEC 4

A
There are some differences compared to SIPROTEC 4:

S
Two major components which define the device functionality and which must be
communicated when talking about device functionality

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


The DAF-file: This file defines the no. of function points which are allowed for the

N
device (and therefore define the possible no. of functions with cost)

E
More individually loadable components

Advantages:

M
Point 2 allows to upgrade the device functionality just by downloading a new DAF

E
file, without touching the actual application

I
Point 3 allows to remedy faults - if they are located in these components - without
touching the application, e.g. a text pool fault

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
05 Software Components
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 system

“Further information”:

S A
All installable components are delivered and installed on the PC through the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
“DIGSI device driver” (DDD-file)

E
how to install: refer to DIGSI lesson
No separate “FW update tool” used. All updates are carried out through
DIGSI.

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 8
05 Software Components
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
06 Function groups and application template
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S Function-structure concept

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Application template

M E
S I
Version: D_01_Page 2
E 06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: The advantages

A
1.The same function can be used in different devices
user statement: why is the 7SA “BF protection function” different from 7SJ?

S
the above fact causes confusion / clarification
2.Better “response time” regarding customer requirements
functional improvement for function A in device type X is also available for function A in

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
device type Y (only the release for this device is required)
3.The user has not to “buy” functions which are not required for his application

E
4.Functions and their settings could be copied within one device or between devices
5.Enhanced functional flexibility, e.g.
another protection stage can be added

M
a function can be routed to any analogue input

S I
Version: D_01_Page 3
E 06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
SIPROTEC 5 provides modular functions

S
Device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
50 27

E
21 81 25
51
48 …
49

M
79
59

S I E
Functions can be moved !

Version: D_01_Page 4
06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

The functions are grouped to primary objects like Line, CB, …


via ‘so called’ Function Groups

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Device
Function groups (FG)
FG Line 51 FG CB

M
21 25
81

E
49 trip

I
79

S
59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
A device will incorporate different function groups, e.g. a distance protection
device:

S
Line: includes protection functions related to a line
CB: includes functions related to a CB

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Further function groups: transformer, motor, disconnector, …

E
Device
Function groups (FG)

M
FG Line FG CB

I E
21 79 25
51 49

S
trip
81 59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions receive their measurement values?
The Function Groups (FG) incorporate Interfaces for current / voltage

S
measurement values
The functions in the FG are assigned automatically to these interfaces

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device

E N
Function groups (FG)
FG Line FG CB

M
IF 21 79

I E
IF 51 49 trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions receive their measurement values?
The Function Groups (FG) receive measured values from Measuring

S
Points (MP) via the interfaces
The connection between FG and MP is configurable by DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device

MP-I IF
FG Line

E N
Function groups (FG)
FG CB

M
MP-I IF IF 21 79

I E
MP-V IF IF 51 49 trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 8
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions receive their measurement values?
The Measuring Points (MP) are routed to the analogue input terminals

S
The connection between MP and terminal is configurable by DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device

E N
Function groups (FG)
FG Line FG CB

M
MP-I IF IF 21 79

E
51

I
MP-V IF IF 49 trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 9
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions process
the operation of the CB

S
and other relevant information to other functions, e.g. to Automatic
Reclosing?

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
FG are connected via Interfaces, to process this data,
again: functions are assigned to these interfaces

E
The connection is made using DIGSI 5
Device
Function groups (FG)

M
FG Line FG CB
MP-I

E
IF IF 21 79

I
IF IF
MP-V IF IF 51 49 trip

S
81 59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions process
the operation of the CB
and other relevant information to other functions, e.g. to Automatic

S
Reclosing?
FG are connected via Interfaces, to process this data,

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
again: functions are assigned to these interfaces

E
The connection is made using DIGSI 5
Device
Function groups (FG)

M
FG Line FG CB FG
IF
79 CB

E
MP-I IF IF FG
21 79
trip

I
IF IF
79 CB
MP-V IF IF 51 49 trip

S
trip
81 59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How are commands and signals processed to device terminals?

S
Commands & signals are routed to the BOs (terminals) by DIGSI 5
The connection is made using DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Device
Function groups (FG)
FG Line FG CB

M
MP-I IF IF 21 79
IF

E
IF
51 49

I
MP-V IF IF trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 12
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Structure of the chosen Application Template

A
More detailed form: all interfaces shown simplified form:

S
Device 7SL87, AT “Basic”

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


FG Line FG CB

N
MP-I IF 21 78

E
Ctrl
IF IF
51 51N 50
Int.Lk
MP-V IF
87 FL

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 13
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How? … SIPROTEC 5-functions may contain a flexible no. of stages
(protection elements)

S
Device
FG Line

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Function

N
21 51

E
Function-stages
… 51-1

51-2

M
51-3

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 14
Function-stages can be moved !

06 Function groups and application templates


Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Moving of functions

A
Moving of functions:
Remove (delete) from a FG

S
Add from the library Device B, Application y
FG 1
Copy from FG 1 to FG 2

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Copy within a FG
Copy from device x to device y

E
Device A, Application x DIGSI 5 Library

21

M
FG 1 FG 2
21 25

I E
27
51
48

S
59
:

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Moving of function groups

A
Configuration and moving of function-groups:
FG type CB
DIGSI 5 Library

S
Add from the library, e.g. for 1,5 CB appl. FG type x

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
MP-V

E
Device, Application x 25
FG Line
MP-I

M
21 FG CB-A
MP-V

E
25
MP-V

I
FG CB-B

S
Version: D_01_Page 16
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Moving of function groups

A
Configuration and moving of function-groups:

S
Device B
Copy within the application
Copy from device A to device B

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Delete within an application

E
Device A, Application x
Line
FG line

M
MP-I
21 FG CB A
B

E
MP-V
25

I
MP-V

S
MP-V

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Review

A
Functions (FNs) may contain stages, the no. of stages can be altered
FNs are grouped via the function groups (FGs)
FGs are interconnected via interfaces (IF), the connection is configurable

S
FGs are connected to measuring points (MPs) via interfaces,
the connection is configurable

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
MPs and Circuit-breaker FG are connected to the terminals, the

E
connection is configurable
27-1
Device 7xyz, Application xyz

M
FG Line 27-2 FG CB
MP-I IF 21 27

I E
IF IF trip
51 49

S
MP-V IF
59 81 79 25

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
Let’s review, important terms:

S
Function group (FG)
Function (FN)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Stage

E
Measuring point (MP)
Interfaces (IF) of FGs

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 19
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Settings & information

Details: Have a look at the settings and information hierarchy

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device A / application x

N
FG 1
FN 1

E
Stage 1
settings, information
Stage 2

M
settings, information
FN 2
Group Inform.

E
information

I
General
settings, information

S
Stage 1
settings, information

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 20 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Function-structure concept

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Application template

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 26
06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application template

G
What for?

How do we support the user to start his engineering work as close to his

A
application as possible?

S
Via offering ‘so called’ Application Templates.

The Application template is the predefinition of the overall device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
functionality, it defines:

E
1. Default-composition of stages, FNs, FGs, MPs and their connections
2. Default settings and default signal routing
3. Default device display

M
4. Default CFC-charts

E
it is “a little bit” comparable to the “SIPROTEC 4 parameter set”

I
Application Configuration:

S
Actual device functionality (evolved from an AT)

Next click next page 06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 27 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application template

G
Differences to SIPROTEC 4 and benefits

A
Free composition of stages, FNs, FGs, MPs and their connections
gives the user the freedom to perfectly match his real application,
from simple to sophisticated applications

S
keeps away complexity (“see what you need”)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The availability of different AT for one device-type

E
the user starts the engineering from a basis very close to his real
application
reduces engineering efforts

E M
The user can save the AC as a new AT (step 2 feature)

I
reduces engineering efforts

S
Version: D_01_Page 28
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application Template

G
Engineering work flow

1. When adding a device to the DIGSI 5-project, the user selects the application

A
template that fits best to the real application

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 29
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application template

G
Engineering work flow

A
E.g. the device type distance protection 7SA84 will provide the following 4 application
templates:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
busbar DIGSI 5

7SA84 Application templates:

E
Basic
Device 7SA84 / Application “Basic”
MV cable, comp./isol.
FG Line FG CB

M
MP-I MV overhead line, comp./isol.
21 trip HV overhead line, earthed
MP-U

E
51 51N 50

I
FL FFM

S
line

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 30 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application template / configuration

G
Engineering work flow

A
1. When adding a device to the DIGSI 5-project, the user selects the
application template that fits best to the real application

S
2. The user adopts the functional scope to his real application
70% case: by adding or removing functions and/or stages

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
30% case: by adding FGs, MPs (and FNs) and their inter-connection as

E
well as to the routing to the process

3. The user routes all signals regarding physical/logical sources/destinations

E M
4. If required: - Creating CFC-charts - Editing the default display

I
S
Version: D_01_Page 31
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application configuration

G
Engineering Work Flow: Altering the functional scope -> add FN

A
Copy (drag & drop) the function from the library into the FG
Add the function “3-ph undervoltage protection (27)”

S
Hm?
Hm?Where
Wheredo doIIfind
findthe
thefunction
function

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
ininthe
theLIB
LIBand
andtotowhere
wheredo doIIhave
have
to
tocopy
copyit?it?

E
Library-structure and device-functional structure are identical
If you know one answer you know both

M
If you don’t know it you look in the manual: there the position is given

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 32
06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application configuration

G
AT “Overhead line”

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 33
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application configuration

G
AT “1.5 CB”

A
BB 1 T15 7SL86 or 7SL87

U1 MU-U (1)
T1.1 U2
3phase
Tapped
MU-U (2)

S
T1.2 LINE U3 1phase

I1
FG Line FG CB A-QA
MU-I (3)
I2 3phase 3I MN (+) 51 1U 25
QA A- I3 3U
78 3I 50BF

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


I4

N
59N
U1 3U 27 59 81 21 IF IF 79
T2.1 MU-U (4)
U2 3phase
T5
U3 87Stub FL Int.Lk
T2.2

E
U4
QB91 1I Ctrl BI
I1 serial
87 BO
MU-I (5) interface 1
to
T1.1 I2 3phase PD I CB A- QA
I3 serial
interface 2 FG CB B-QA
I4
1U 25

M
MU-U (6)
QA U4 1phase
3U
B- 3I 50BF
FG 3phase voltage IF 79

E
T2.2 Supervison of busvoltage and frequency

Int.Lk

I
QB92 3U 27 59 81 IF

Ctrl BI
T1.1 BO
to

S
CB B- QA
QA C-

T2.2

BB 2 T16

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 34 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Training objective

You will learn…


About the SIPROTEC 5 Order Configurator

A G
S
How to configure the modular IEDs
Modularity as major contribution to the “perfectly tailored fit” of a device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Where to place orders

N
How to select the IED’s functionality

E
The relevance of Function Points

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 2
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Product Code

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Order configurator

E
Integration in the IT Systems

M
Function-points and function-
points calculator

S I
Version: D_02_Page 3
E 07 Order Configurator and Function Points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Factory Supply

Factory

A G
The factory supplies
Fully assembled devices

S
with predefined main
functionality
Individual components

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Components
Function Upgrades
Function Upgrade Software

E
Devices can be ordered
with every available

M
Devices hardware configuration
without any additional

E
R&D effort

S
7SA84

I 7SL87 7SD86

A WEB based order configurator provides the entire setup

Version: D_02_Page 4
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5 designations with Product Codes

All configuration criteria are coded with a Long Product Code


The long product code can be interpreted directly.

A G
S
Example:
7SL87-AAAA-AA0-0AAAA0-AA2111-12111A-DAA000-000AA0-CH1BA1-CF0

firm rdered tion of

n
ort J
Hou supp eature
olt.

n po 1st
n

sit io
oduply in
Pow ificant lass
rsio

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Int. t desig nel
m.

Nly v

02

02
02

nsio the
Por ernet P

le

le
para

le

le
le
CB2
y
n pa

n
re-oent ifica

CB2
n
e ve

CB2
ratio e
f

odu
Disp quantit

Bas er sup
odu

Bas board i
odu
odu
Ope lay typ
Fct. yption

ch

extedule at
SignPoints
spe tomer
ls
y

swit
war
rova

Key ing
rant

cific
a pp a l

em

em
em

em
em
Eth
Bas t E

tM
F

tN
E
tP
i

r
c

Pow
Ind

CPU
s
Cus

t
r
Spe

Fron
War

Por
LED

Mo
Bas
Por
Enc

I/O
Por
Por
Bas
Each long product code has a one-to-one counterpart: a Short Product Code

M
Example: P1C321

I E
The short product code is a sequential number, ‘pointing’ on to one specific long
product code, i.e. one specific device configuration. Devices with the same short

S
product code have the same configuration and therefore the same long product code.
The short product codes are managed by a ‘TNS Server’ (TNS=Technical Numbering
System).

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How do we get the right product code?

Device
Type

A G
S
……?……..
2nd expansion module

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Front Design
CT sensitivity
1st expansion module

?E
……?……..
Additional Warranty

Operation Panel

M
……?……..

E
Key-operated Switch

I
Function point class

S
Version: D_02_Page 6
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator

G
Embedded in the Internet

S
7SA86

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 7
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator

G
Embedded in Siemens SAP

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 8
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator

G
Embedded in the Internet and Siemens SAP

S A
7SA86

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 9
Identical Frame in both applications

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Comprehensive Device Configuration

Order configurator

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Product Code (ProC)

M
Manufacturing Devices DIGSI 5

I E
ProC ProC
NASA-Factory

S
Version: D_02_Page 10
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator not only a WEB application

G
IT system for SIPROTEC 5 configuration

A
Siemens Siemens Customer
internal Region external
PMD
Spiridon-Sales CONCERT

S
(WEB)-Information

KMAT: C2010

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
(URL)* Configuration NASA-Sales
Product Master

E
Integration Siemens Region
WEB Configurator D and
PMI (Energy IPC) ‘Stammhaus’

IPC: Internet Pricing Configuration TNS Server

M
KMAT: C2010 (for Short Productcode)

(URL)* KMAT: C2010

E
Product Master (URL + KB)*

I
Data
KMAT: C2010 KMAT: C2010
PMD (URL)* (URL)*

S
Configurable material (KMAT)
Configuration
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
* URL= Link to WEB-Configurator
NASA-Factory
* KB = Knowlege Base

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Order Configurator – Start page

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 12
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order Configurator

G
Device Base functionality

S A
Device type

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Hardware standard

E
variants as recommendation
with I/O information

M
Tooltip with detailed

E
information

S I
Version: D_02_Page 13
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order Configurator

G
IED Functionality

S A
Direct navigation between
the pages

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The list of available
functions can be displayed

E
with the function-points
calculator

I E M The device functionality


depends on the function-
points class of the device

S
Version: D_02_Page 14
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-points calculator

G
Starting point is the Application Template

A
Application Templates for
this IED, available for each

S
IED in DIGSI

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
This function is always
available, without
additional points.

E
This function is
preselected twice within

M
the selected application
template, requiring 120

E
points in total

I
The first function is always

S
available (with 0 points),
the second would require
25 points

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-points calculator

G
The result is the function-points class

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Scroll bar

E
Function-points sum for
this application (template).

M
Resulting function-points
class to be applied to the

E
configuration (and to the

I
Product Code).

S
The IED functionality depends on the selected function-points class

Version: D_02_Page 16
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Applied function-points class

A G
Applied function-points
class

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
As soon as the
background of “Show

E
result” appears in dark-
grey a plausible device
configuration is available

I E M
S
With “Next” go to the next
page “Modules” displaying
the I/O-configuration

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Order Configurator: Module and I/O view

A G
Resulting width in 19”
fractions

S
Module overview

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Terminal diagram

E
Remove a module

Add a module

M
Information about detailed

E
I/O summary

I
Show result signals

S
plausible device
configuration

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Order Configurator: Detailed summary on the result page

A G
Export to PDF file

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Product codes

E
Scroll bar

M
Detailed summary

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 19
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Take aways / Call to Action

A G
S
Thank you !

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
We supply fully assembled devices with predefined main functionality, even if the
customer has a specific hardware configuration
The devices are designated with a short product code, which is unique for a specific

M
device configuration. Each short product code has one corresponding unique long
product code

E
The device functionality depends on the function-points class of the device

I
The order configurator provides all SIPROTEC 5 configuration criteria. It is available

S
through the Siemens SAP Systems and the Internet

Perfectly tailored fit Holistic workflow

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 20 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configurator

Intranet:

A G
S
English Link: https://intranet.siemens.com/configuration/en
German Link: https://intranet.siemens.com/configuration/de

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Spanish Link: https://intranet.siemens.com/configuration/es

E
Internet:
English:

M
Link:http://www.energy.siemens.com/hq/en/automation/power-
transmission-distribution/protection/siprotec5/configurator.htm

German:

S I E
Link:http://www.energy.siemens.com/hq/de/automatisierung/
stromuebertragung-verteilung/schutz/siprotec5/bestellkonfigurator.htm

Version: D_02_Page 21
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course

S
08 Documentation
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
G
Content

S
Content

A
Documentation Overview

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Documents for Line Protection

E
Devices
Contents of System Catalog

M
Contents of Device Manuals
Document front cover

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 2
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5 Documentation Overview

A
Marketing Sales Manuals Others

S
SIPROTEC 5
Communication
Protocols
Manuals

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E
Device SIPROTEC 5
Manuals Operating
Manual

I E M SIPROTEC 5
Engineering

S
guide

ed
plann

08 Documentation
Version: D_02_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Line Protection Devices
Device documentation

A
Device catalog
One document for all line protection devices 7SA8,

S
7SD8, 7SL8, 7VK8
Overall functional description

N
No technical data included link to the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


manual/download area

E
Device manuals
One manual for Distance Protection
and Line Differential Protection for 3-pole tripping

M
7SA84, 7SD84, 7SA86, 7SD86, 7SL86

E
One manual for Distance Protection,

I
Line Differential Protection and Breaker Management
for 1-pole and 3-pole tripping

S
7SA87, 7SD87, 7SL87, 7VK87

08 Documentation
Version: D_02_Page 4 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
System Catalog
Content

S A
N

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 5
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Device manuals
Content

S A
N

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 6
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5 System Discriptions

S
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec5
A
N

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 7
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Learning Target

You will learn…

A G
S
Understand the key concepts and key features of DIGSI 5
Know how to handle DIGSI 5
Get an overview of the tools and editors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 2
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Variants and Licensing

E
Overview of DIGSI 5

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 3
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow

G
Consistent tools – from design to operations

Operations
- Documentation
- Test
- Maintenance

S
Design
- Application
- Specification
AOnline-
Configurator

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Holistic
Workflow

E N
M
DIGSI 5

S
Commissioning
- Test
- Documentation
I
Version: D_01_Page 4
E Implementation
- Device selection
- Parameterization
- Engineering
- Settings
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 – One application for everything

A
DIGSI 4 DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
One single tool from plant design to operation – covering all

S
departments – saves time, provides data security and
transparency along the entire life cycle of your plant.

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 – One application for everything

DIGSI 5

S A
One application
No duplicate data

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


No synchronization

N
problems
No “save to continue”

E
No application
switches
No separate System

M
Configurator
One global save,

E
export, print

S I
Version: D_01_Page 6
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow -

G
From system design to project solution

System engineering

S
Device engineering

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
System specification

E
Device specification

Device configuration

E M
System configuration

I
Device programming

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow -

G
From system design to project solution

DIGSI 5

S
System specification
A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Device specification

M E
Device configuration

System configuration

I E
Device programming

S
Version: D_01_Page 8
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow -

G
From system design to project solution

A
DIGSI 5 System design also from top-down
Device engineering & (Single-Line)

S
System engineering Intuitive configuration of the system
System specification functions

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Template support for all operation
levels

E
Device specification
Finalize programming and
download to target devices
Device configuration

I E M
System configuration

Device programming

S
Version: D_01_Page 9
System and device engineering with one tool

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Structure of DIGSI 5
Main area

A
All
editors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Project Tree Libraries
Offline configurations

E
Add everything
Online accessible devices
from here

I E M
S
Properties
Propertie
Window bar s
Open editors Informati
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview on
Version: D_01_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5 Control window

G
Close
Structure of the editors
Dock/Undock
Minimize

Editor specific toolbar

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Switch between
different views of
editor

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 11
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
One tree following offline workflow

Design and

A
Implementation

S
Define topology
Typical These steps

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
needs
Add devices customer

E
attention
Define functionality workflow
Adjust settings

M
Define communication

E
Create and test logic

I
Download settings

S The project view guides you through your entire workflow

Version: D_01_Page 12
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
One tree following online workflow

A
Commissioning
and Operations

S
Test device and plant
Test wiring and loop

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Test analog inputs Typical

E
Test control functions
Test circuit-breaker workflow
Test protection functions

M
Test communication

E
Handle fault records, logs

I
Check measurements

S
Control Circuit-breaker
The project view guides you through your entire workflow

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 4 – where to find what

A
Substation
All Devices

S
„Project“

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


One device
Select access mode

E N
Offline

I E M Direct
Change in a copy of

S
Offline current device
Configuration configuration and store
changes into device

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 14 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 – where to find what

Substation
Represented by one project

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


All devices
E N
M
Can be accessed in parallel:

E
- As Offline Configuration

I
- Online: Changes are done in a copy

S
of current device configuration and
can be stored into device

Online and offline devices without application switches

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Templates

When creating devices application templates provide default device


configurations for most common cases

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Templates are also available e.g. for single-lines to create bays

M E Drag template

E
from library

S I
Version: D_01_Page 16
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Copy & Paste

Copy
Devices

S
Function groups, functions, function blocks
CFC charts, blocks A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Communication channels e.g. to redundant channels
Single-line symbols

E
...

Paste
Into new device,

M
new project
Single-lines in displays
...

S I
Version: D_01_Page 17
E 09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Scope of operations

A
Many operations can be used on multiple levels:
Export
Project level
Import

S
Print Device level
Load settings

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Load firmware
Editor level

E
Level depends on the selection in project tree:
Project level
Device level

1 IEM
Editor level

2 Select in
project tree
Execute
function

S
Version: D_01_Page 18
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Import / Export

A
Device-related formats

S
I E TEAX – Open device exchange format for single/multiple device(s) (powered by TEAX)
I E DEX5 – Complete information of single device
I E DSP5 – Display pages of single device (including custom symbols)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
E RIO – Export of settings to Omicron Test Universe
I ELCAD – topology information from ELCAD
I CFC – Continuous function chart plans from V4 (import only)

E
E CSV – All logs and protocols as comma-separated value files
E BMP, JPG – Pictures of a tripping characteristics and zone diagrams
IEC 61850 data formats

M
I E SCD – Substation Configuration Description
I E SSD - System Specification Description
I E SED – System Exchange Description

E
I E ICD / CID – IED Capability Description / Configured IED Description (ICD with communication)

I
I E IID – Instantiated IED Description
E MICS – Model Implementation Conformance Statement (Export only)

S
Protocol-related data formats
E IEC 60870-5-103 protocol settings for SICAM PAS
E DIGDNP – DNP3 protocol settings for SICAM PAS

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 19 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Import / Export common use cases

A
Preconfigured device templates
Use DEX5 format to save and reuse whole devices as templates including

S
settings, routings, CFC logic, displays etc.
Backup
Use DEX5 format to store device regularly in backup archive and restore

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
backups after device replacement
External creation of settings/routings

E
Create new device and import TEAX file with externally created informations
Create file from DEX5 format and specify “variance” through TEAX
Export information for usage in other products
Use DEX5 format to provide information to other tools (e.g. documentation)
Sharing workload in teams

M
Work in parallel on copies of a project (one specify function settings, one
routings, one system interface settings…) and merge in one project using

E
TEAX format

S I
Version: D_01_Page 20
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable

VLAN ID?

S
“Normal” User VLAN ID!

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report control Block? Report control Block!

? E !
LNInst? LNInst!

M
FC or DA? FC or DA!

E
Prefix and suffix? Prefix and suffix!

S I
Version: D_01_Page 21
IEC 61850 Expert

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable

A
“Normal” User Knows the standard well
Isn‘t familiar with the
Exactly knows how he

S
standard (or the terms
wants to get things done
used there)
in IEC 61850
Doesn‘t care about details

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Wants to have access to
Simply wants to use
all details
signals from other devices

E
Wants all the flexibility the
Wants to get commu-
standard provides
nication done quickly
Needs edition 2

M
extensions

I E
IEC 61850 Expert
The implementation of IEC 61850 edition 2 unfolds the entire

S
potential of this standard by optimally supporting your operation
needs and making handling easy.

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 22 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable

A
Translation of the IEC 61850 data model’s complexity into your familiar user
language

S
Full compatibility and interoperability with edition 1 allows an integration of
existing solutions as well the usage of all features of IEC 61850 edition 2. Just

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
choose your scenario.
Flexible object modeling, flexible object address allocation and flexible

E
communication services guarantee highest interoperability and cost-effective
exchange and expansion concepts

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 23
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable – Flexible Engineering

A
Control Center
Operator station

S
Station Unit

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report A Report A

E
IEC 61850 Station Bus

Goose A

M
Task:
Protection and field devices
Exchange device of other

E
vendor with minimum effect

I
on the operations

S
Primary technology

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 24 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Engineering effort by different object addressing schemes

A
Control Center
Operator station

S
Station Unit

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report S Report S

E
IEC 61850 Station Bus

Goose S

M
Protection and field devices

E
Result:

I
High engineering- and test
effort for all communication

S
partners
Primary technology

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 25 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Flexible IEC 61850 object addressing schemes reduce effort

A
Control Center
Operator station

S
Station Unit

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report A Report A

E
IEC 61850 Station Bus

Goose A

M
Result:
Minimal engineering- and Protection
test and field devices

I E
effort through flexible adoption
of the object addressing

S
Primary technology

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 26 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Variants and Licensing

E
Overview of DIGSI 5

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 27
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 4 to 5

DIGSI 4
Basic
DIGSI 4
Professional

S
DIGSI 4
Professional
A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
+ IEC 61850

M E Features

DIGSI 5

S
Compact

I E
Version: D_01_Page 28
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
DIGSI 5
Standard
DIGSI 5
Premium

Siemens Power Academy TD


SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - Variants overview

Compact Standard Premium


S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Single device handling Multi device handling Multi Device handling

E
No IEC 61850 IEC 61850 Advanced IEC 61850
No Topology Single Line/Topology (Flexible Engineering)
No Test Support Test Support ELCAD Support

M
Restricted online supp. Test Sequences
Online access of data CFC Debugging

E
Free of charge for multiple devices SIGRA included

I
DIGSI 5 DIGSI 5 DIGSI 5

S
Compact Standard Premium

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 29 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - License Model

DIGSI 4

S
DIGSI 5
A
Memory Stick with licenses
Needed for installation

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
1 key allowed on up Buy 1, 5 or 10 licenses
to 10 computers Restricts usage to computers
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 30 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - Choose what you need

A
Copy and use DIGSI 5 Compact
Compact on as many computers as you

S
want

Single License

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Standard
E N
M
Trial Scientific/Sales*

Premium
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 33
*: Restricted by area of usage

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - Option Packages

A
Compact

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Standard
E N SIGRA

I E M SIGRA

S
Premium always
included

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 34 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
New versions of DIGSI 5 - Download for free

DIGSI 4

S
DIGSI 5
A
Customers can download for free
the update to latest DIGSI 5 from

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
www.siemens.com/energy

M E
I E
Each new version of DIGSI 4 is

S
automatically shipped to all
customers who bought DIGSI 4

Version: D_01_Page 35
Customers can order a DVD with
latest version

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
DIGSI 5 in company networks

Deploy the DIGSI 5 licenses on a central server

A G
Provide DIGSI 5 installation on an intranet site for installation

Use the network functionalities of the Automation License Manager to

S
push the licenses to the computers that work with DIGSI 5
or let them pull the licenses to their machine

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Keep track of who took a license or gave it back using the protocol
functionality of the Automation License Manager.

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 36
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Variants and Licensing

E
Overview of DIGSI 5

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 37
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Visually define your primary topology in single lines

A
Define your topology
Import an ELCAD or SCD file
Use templates/elements

S
Tailor functionality of protection
devices to fit your needs
Set basic data on the primary

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
equipment
Easy and intuitive graphical linkage

E
of the device with the primary plant
Automatically create display pictures

I E M
S
Integrated and consistent engineering for system and device
from single line diagram up to device parameterization

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 38 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Take over the device configuration into DIGSI 5

A
DIGSI 5 recognizes the

Order Code
individual configuration through

S
product code
Graphical representation of

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
front and back
Order Configurator
Add new communication

E
modules and terminals
Specify communication
protocols for each port

M
Give IOs, LEDs and F-Keys

E
user defined labels

S I
Version: D_01_Page 39
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Intuitive Routing and allocation

A
Better overview by two
separated matrixes for:

S
Information routing
Communication mapping

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Powerful filtering and profiles
reduce show information as

E
needed
Show condensed or long
version of all columns you

M
need
Multi-Operation as in Excel

E
Use signals of other devices

I
via IEC 61850 as simple as

S
local signals

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 40 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Ensure plant safety with visual function chart (CFC) logic

A
IEC 61131 compliant function
blocks (CFC)

S
Intuitive guidance to find the right
priority level for your chart

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Directly use signals without
„marking“ them first in the matrix

E
Use signals of other devices via
IEC 61850 as simple as local
signals

M
Reuse charts and groups of
blocks in other projects

E
Import DIGSI 4 charts

I
Offline tracing and analysis of
function charts using Test

S
Sequences

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 41 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Setting the parameters of the device

A
Simple and consistent editing
of settings

S
Display a settings group for
comparison and see differ-
ences – sync the settings if

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
you like

E
Easily find and change
inconsistent settings
Change settings online

M
without device reset

E
Visual display of tripping

I
characteristics and zones

S
Version: D_01_Page 42
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 test suite for commissioning support

A
Integrated Test Suite adopted to
commissioning workflow
Start with test of physical connections

S
Test communication and analyze
communication channels through
detailed diagnostic views

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Functional testing
Stimulate inputs for testing

E
Use external test equipment
Create test sequences and replay them
in the device without the need of
expensive external equipment

M
Always keep track of your process data and
indications and store important snapshots for
later analysis in your offline parameterization

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 43
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Learning Target

You will learn…


Learn how to configure a SIPROTEC 5 device

A G
S
Learn how to work with the editors needed for configuration
Get familiar with the workflow of the editors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 2
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing DIGSI 5

A
There is one installation routine for all
DIGSI 5 editions and languages
The functionality available does not depend on

S
what you install
But it depends on the license key you specify later

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
M
Upgrading to a more feature-rich DIGSI 5 edition just means
providing a new license key

S I
Version: D_02_Page 4
E 10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing DIGSI 5

A
Run setup.exe from the DIGSI 5 setup

S
You can choose the language of the installation

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Setup installs all available languages of DIGSI 5

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing DIGSI 5

A
Choose location where to install DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 6
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Three ways of starting DIGSI 5

OR OR
S A
OR

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Choose in Start menu: (Double) Click on (Double) Click on a

E
DIGSI 5.exe: DIGSI 5 project:

Siemens Energy

M
DIGSI 5 V1.00
DIGSI 5 V1.00

E
DIGSI 5.exe Myproject.d5v1

S I
Version: D_02_Page 7
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Starting DIGSI 5...

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 8
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing your license(s)

S A
After starting DIGSI
5 you have the
choice

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Run DIGSI 5 as
Compact edition

E
Install a license
for DIGSI 5

M
Standard or
Premium

E
Start DIGSI 5 in

I
Trial mode

S
Version: D_02_Page 9
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing your license(s) using license manager

A
Install license(s)

S
From USB-stick
From other computers

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
You can store multiple

E
licenses on your computer
and
Move them to other

M
machines on the

E
network

I
Let other machines
grab them from that

S
machine

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI Device Drivers

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
DIGSI 5 device drivers and firmware updates are all packaged

M
in so called

I E
„DIGSI device drivers (DDD)“

S
Container for transport of all loadable components to the user.

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Excursion

G
How to read DDD names

A
Example:
7SA85 FW-V01.02 CFG-V01.01 DDD-V01.00

S
Device type Firmware Configuration DDD version

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
version version (continuous counter incr.
when FW or CFG changes)

E
Definition of version:

Vvv.xy

Major Release

I
Minor Release

E M
S
Maintenance Release

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 12 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Importing device drivers

A
Import the device drivers you need: Tools Import device drivers

S
1SIEM 2
Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
E N
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Create or open a project

A
Create project using:

S
File New

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Or open an existing one
File Open

E
Or choose one of the
previously opened projects

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 14
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Three ways of creating single-lines

OR OR OR
S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Import from file: Use templates from Build it yourself using

E
library: The symbol library:

ELCAD files

M
From Topologies
TEAX

E
SCD, SSD

S I
Version: D_02_Page 16
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines

G
Switching between standards

IEC

S
ANSI

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


akV bV
OR
E N akV bV
?
M
3 3 3 3

E
Choose Options Settings and select the “DIGSI” page to toggle standard

I
The standard can be even changed on existing single-line diagrams

S
Select standard before creating display pages from single lines

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Example 1: Create using templates from library

A
Start single-line editor with

S
double click on „Single-line
configuration“ in project
tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Drag and drop template

E
from library to editor

I E M Drag template

S
From library

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Example 1: Create using templates from library

A
Drag and drop template

S
from library to editor
To extend busbar with new

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


bays, drop templates over

N
existing busbars

M E
Drag template
From library

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 19
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Example 1: Create using templates from library

A
Drag and drop template

S
from library to editor
To extend busbar with new

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


bays, drop templates over

N
existing busbars

M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 21
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Example 2: Create using symbols from library

S A
Drag and drop elements
from library to editor
Elements get automatically

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


connected if dropped close

N
to bottom of other element

E
Rename elements

M
Drag element
From library

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 23
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Example 2: Create using symbols from library

A
Bays are created

S
automatically
When dropping in existing

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


bay it gets extended,

N
otherwise a new bay is

E
created
Manually connect
elements by selecting one

M
connection point and
dragging to other

E
Drag element

I
From library

S
Version: D_02_Page 24
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Set basic primary equipment data

A
Select primary equipment

S
like voltage and current
transformers in SLE

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Set their basic settings

N
(e.g. ratios) in their

E
properties
After you added and
connected a device you

M
can take over those
settings to all connected

E
device (more details

I
coming in some slides)

S
Version: D_02_Page 26
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adding devices to the project

G
Add new device

OR
Create device by product code:

S
OR
A
Use Devices & Networks editor:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Choose Add new device in

N
Choose device in library
project tree Drag and drop Application

E
Specify short or long product template from library to editor
code
Choose Application template

M
that fits best

I E
In Devices & Networks editor (device view)
Add front panels

S
Add communication modules

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 28 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adding devices to the project

G
Add new device using product code

A
Add new device by clicking
„Add new device“ in project
tree.

S
Copy product code (long or
short) from the order

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
configurator or device label
If short product code is not

E
recognized DIGSI 5 tries to
update list of short product
codes from the internet

M
Significant features of your

E
device are displays

I
Select application template
that fits best your needs

S
(you can later add and
remove functionality as
needed)

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 29 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

BB 1 connection between FGs and FG <-> MP,


configurable via DIGSI

A G
S
Interface of FG
„movable“ functions
SI= serial interface, PDC=protection data com.
7SL86: AT „Basic“

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
U4
QAmm
I1 FG Line FG CB

E
T1.1 I2 MP
I - 3 ph 51 51 N 50
U -3 ph S 1
I3 CT-3ph 1 U-1 ph S 1
U-3 ph S 2
T1.2 I4
I - PTstar 78 U-1 ph S 2

M
U1 I - 3 ph
MP U - 3 ph 21
T5 U2 VT-3ph 1
U3 IF IF

E
SOTF
FL

I
to
I - parl
87 BI CB QA
Ctrl CB

S
FG PDI BO
SI PDI PDI PDI Int . lk

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 30 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

G
Preparation phase (not needed for application templates)

A
Connect the physical current and voltage terminals with the
logical measuring points in the Measuring-point routing

S
editor.
BB 1 connection between FGs and FG <-> MP,
configurable via DIGSI
Interface of FG

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
„movable“ functions
SI= serial interface, PDC=protection data com.
7SL86: AT „Basic“
U4
QAmm

E
I1 FG Line FG CB
T1.1 I2 MP
I - 3 ph 51 51 N 50
U-3 ph S 1
I3 CT-3ph 1 U-1 ph S 1
U-3 ph S 2
T1.2 I4
I - PTstar 78 U-1 ph S 2

U1 I- 3 ph
MP U - 3 ph 21
T5 U2 VT-3ph 1

M
U3 IF IF
SOTF FL

to
I - parl
CB QA

E
87 BI
Ctrl CB
FG PDI BO

I
SI PDI PDI PDI Int . lk

Connect measuring-points to function groups and

S
functions groups underneath each other in the
Function-group connections editor.

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 31 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

G
Preparation phase (not needed for application templates)

A
You can connect measuring points to function
groups in two ways

S
In function-group connections editor
In Single-line configuration editor

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 32
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines

G
Define the functionality of the device

A
To add functionality drag
function groups, functions

S
and function blocks from
library to device in SLE
(or to project tree)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Or copy existing

E
(parameterized) elements
and paste them
Rename elements

M
Drag FG, FN, FB
from library Select elements and delete
them if not needed

E
(context menu)

I
Tips:

S
Change setting in
properties of elements
Add comments

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 34 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

G
Primary equipment connections

Connect the primary equipment with measuring points in

S
the Single-line configuration editor
A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
BB 1 connection between FGs and FG <-> MP,
configurable via DIGSI

E
Interface of FG
„movable“ functions
SI= serial interface, PDC=protection data com.
7SL86: AT „Basic“
U4
QAmm
I1 FG Line FG CB

M
T1.1 I2 MP
I - 3 ph 51 51 N 50
U-3 ph S 1
I3 CT-3ph 1 U-1 ph S 1
U-3 ph S 2
T1.2 I4
I - PTstar 78 U-1 ph S 2

E
U1 I- 3 ph
MP U - 3 ph 21
T5 U2 VT-3ph 1
IF

I
U3 IF
SOTF FL

to
I - parl
87 BI CB QA

S
Ctrl CB
FG PDI BO
SI PDI PDI PDI Int . lk

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 35 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Connect device and primary equipment

A
Connect voltage and

S
current transformers to
function groups in devices

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Connect Trip signal of

N
switching groups to

E
switching equipment in
bay, e.g. to visually
indicate which CB is
operated

M
Manually shift connections

E
if the automatic layout is

I
not sufficient

S
Version: D_02_Page 36
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Synchronize primary settings with device

A
If you have specified the

S
primary equipment settings
before, then you want to
synchronize them now with

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
the connected devices
Select a device to synchronize

E
Hit “Synchronize” button to
update device settings with
the settings of the primary

M
equipment.
This is a manual process to

E
avoid accidental overriding of

I
settings.
Therefore inconsistencies will

S
be shown by a red border of
the bay if one side changes

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 38 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Using the topology view

A
Switch to Topology tree

S
view using the tab selector
See and check the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


connections between

N
function groups and

E
primary equipment
Change names for primary
equipment, also für sub

M
station and voltage level
Add and review comments

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 40
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 41 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Add devices in network view

A
Start Devices & Networks

S
editor with double click on
„Devices & Networks“ in
project tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
You can also directly open

E
the Device view by double
clicking on „Hardware &
Protocols“ under a device

M
You need the Hardware
catalog to add devices and

E
hardware extensions

S I
Version: D_02_Page 42
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Add devices in network view

A
You need the Hardware

S
catalog to add devices and
hardware extensions

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Drag and drop devices

N
from Hardware catalog to

E
editor
Select appropriate
application template

M
in the automatically
shown dialog

E
Drag device
from Hardware

I
catalog

S
Version: D_02_Page 43
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware of device

A
Switch to Device view

S
by either double
clicking on a device in

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Network view

N
Or by changing the

E
view selector to
„Device view“ and
selecting a device in

M
the toolbar

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 44
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware of device

A
Selecting elements in the

S
Hardware catalog shows
details in the window in the
lower right-hand corner

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 45
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware in Device view

A
Add/Modify

S
Current terminals
Communication

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
modules
Front panels

E
To do so
Double click on
hardware extension

M
Drag elements
from Hardware places them in first
catalog

E
available slot

I
Drag & Drop elements
from Hardware catalog

S
to empty slot

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 46 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware and specify settings in Device view

A
By selecting a hardware
element (terminal block,

S
communication
module/port, front panel…
you can specify settings

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Select module and specify

E
settings and labels for
binary IO
Select terminal block and

M
specify meaningful labels
Select front panel and

E
specify meaningful labels

I
for LEDs and F-Keys

S
Select communication port
to specify protocols and
protocol settings

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 47 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Specify communication settings

A
Select the communication

S
port you want to set up
E.g. for Ethernet modules,

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


set the properties on page

N
“Ethernet addresses”:

E
IP adress
Subnet connection
Create new subnet

M

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 48
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Specify communication protocol

A
Select the communication

S
port you want to set up
E.g. for Ethernet modules,

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


set the protocols supported

N
channel by channel on

E
page “Channel x settings”:
Network protocols
Communication

M
protocols
Settings of the

E
protocols on subpages

S I
Version: D_02_Page 49
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Add devices to subnets visually

A
As mentioned: In the
properties of each

S
communication port one
can set the subnet the
device is connected to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
But: You can also do it

E
visually
by connecting the ports
to an existing network

M
By connection ports of
multiple devices to

E
create a new subnet

I
Specify a meaningful

S
subnet name
See properties of subnet
for a bandwidth estimation.

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 50 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Device information – “the business card of the device”

A
Bild von DI -> Erste seite
Basic information about the

S
device
Type
Serial number of

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
connected online device
Possibility to upgrade device

E
parameter set
If your device has several
Ethernet interfaces you need

M
to specify which one is used
for connecting with DIGSI 5.

E
(see DIGSI 5: Details -

I
Prepare and establish
connection to the device(s)

S
Select language of the device
display

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 51 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Device information - Resource consumption

A
Overview over vital
resources used in the

S
device
Processor load: If too
many elements are

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
added that can’t be
handled by the device

E
a list of categories
helps reducing load

M
Used and available
function points

E
Used CFC ticks and

I
critical block types
Use “Refresh” button to

S
update display when
keeping editor open

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 52 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 55 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Navigate to settings and extend functionality

A
Open Settings editor by

S
selecting a function in
project tree and double
click on that

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Navigate through functions

E
using toolbar buttons

You can easily add function

M
blocks of same type using
buttons

E
Delete stages using

I
buttons if they are not fixed
part of the default

S
configuration

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 56 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Change settings

A
Select setting group for
change
Available, if multiple

S
setting groups exist
Change settings

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Invalid settings are
displayed with red

E
background
Check tooltips for valid
ranges

M
Use arrows beneath

E
input field to change

I
value to next valid one
Some settings don‘t belong

S
to all setting groups. They
are indicated by icon

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 57 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Identify settings by unique number

A
Turn unique setting

S
numbers on e.g. to easier
communication with
colleagues

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 58
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adjust Settings

G
Compare setting groups

A
To compare two settings

S
group just select the
comparison group

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Compare values

N
Differences are

E
indicated by icon

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 59
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adjust Settings

G
Synchronize setting groups

A
Select a function block by

S
clicking into gray area
Choose „Synchronize“

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
This copies setting values
of the function block from

E
the comparison group to
setting group for change

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 60
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adjust Settings

G
Check diagrams that visualize settings

A
Many setting groups
contain graphical
representation of stages

S
and tripping characteristics
Diagram automatically

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
adjusts to setting changes

E
Select stages to be shown
in key of diagram
Zoom in and out

M
Use mouse cursor in the
diagram to get the values

E
at certain points

I
Save picture of diagram or
copy to clipboard for usage

S
in documentation tools
Print directly from editor

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 61 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Setting group handling

A
Open Settings > Device
Settings in project tree

S
Or directly jump from
settings editor using the
toolbar buttons:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Change number of setting
groups
Copy settings of a setting

M
group to another one
Change active setting

E
group

I
Choose setting group

S
Choose selection
criterion
Change edit mode

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 62 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Change settings wherever you see function blocks

A
You can also change

S
settings wherever you see
functions

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E.g. in Single-line

N
configuration

E
Select function block
Open Properties area

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 63
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 64 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Different tasks – different editors

A
DIGSI 4
„Masking I/O“
(Configuration

S
matrix)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Information routing Communication mapping
All routings (except to protocols) All mappings to protocols

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 65 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Information routing Editor

A
Open Information
routing Editor by double

S
clicking on „Information
routing“ in project tree

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Editor is best viewed in
“Maximize mode”

E
Rows display signals
and cols possible

M
routing sources and
destinations.

E
Stars indicate that

I
collapsed rows contain

S
data
Right click on cell to
show possible values

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 66 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Short and long display mode

S A
Double clicking on a
column header toggles
between short and long

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
column mode
Choose per column

E
what column mode to
use

M
Use toolbar buttons to
toggle all columns

E
Short display mode

I
group e.g. all BIs

S
Long: “U”
Short: “U3, L5”

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 67 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Manage information overload

A
Showing everything means

S
a lot to read
Use scenario based filters

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


by selecting appropriate

N
view in drop down list in

E
toolbar
Use column filters to
restrict displayed infor-

M
mation
Show only signals

E
containing “Pickup”

I
Show only signals
routed to LED 1

S
Show only signals
routed to any BI

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 68 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Excursion

G
Filtering in grids

A
Filter column by selecting an existing Choose (Custom) for complex filters:
value: (does not) equal

S
(does not) begin/end with
(does not) contain

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
Remove all filters at once

S This filtering functionalities are available in all grids

Version: D_02_Page 69
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Route information

G
Adding new signals and other functionality

S A
Drag & drop from
Libraries to hierarchy in
Information routing

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
FG, FN, FB
User-defined

E
function block
New signals in

M
function blocks

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 70
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Rename “everything”

S A
Rename all FG,FN,FB
as well as signals
Regardless if system- or

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
user defined ones
Rename in tree

E
Or rename in properties
Here you see also

M
the original name

E
Elements used in

I
IEC 61850 have an
additional name and

S
path

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 72 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Comment “everything”

S A
Inspection remarks
What needs to be done
When to review or

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
inspect next time

E
Not only in Information
routing but in all editors
and for all elements:

M
Add comments to
each element in

E
Properties tab >

I
User Information

S
Those comments are
saved and exported
to TEAX

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 73 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Change settings quickly

S A
Select function blocks
(like stages)
Settings are displayed

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
in properties page
“Settings”

E
Only for active setting
group and selected edit

M
mode (prim, sec. %)
Change in device

E
information

S I
Version: D_02_Page 74
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Route information

G
Change hardware settings of I/O in Information routing

A
Select columns of LEDs,

S
BI, BO, K-Keys
Change settings like

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


color, user label … in

N
properties page

E
“Settings”
Only works in long
column mode

M
Observe tooltip of BIs,
BOs, LEDs…

E
They contain location

I
information

S
User defined labels
(check excursion)

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 75 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Excursion

G
User labels makes it easy to find the right things

A
In Hardware & Protocols editor: Select housing
Specify user labels for

S
LEDs
Function keys

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Binary inputs

N
Binary outputs

E
Current and
voltage terminals
Also available are other

M
hardware related settings
LED color

E
Threshold of BIs

S I
All editors working with those elements display user comments

Version: D_02_Page 76
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Route information

G
Reuse

Copy and paste

A
Function groups, functions, function blocks, signals
Selected areas in grid to other place in grid

S
Selected columns in grid to other columns
Selected rows, full grid or selected areas of grid to Excel

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 77
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts

S
Create Display pictures
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 78 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Create a function chart

A
Add new chart by double

S
clicking on „Add new chart“
underneath „Function
charts“ in project tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 79
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Create a function chart

A
Select a name for the chart

S
Select the CFC task
A detailed explanation

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
helps you to select the
right task.

M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 80
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Overcoming the great void of charts

A
CFC charts are compatible

S
to IEC 61131
Conversion between

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


simple data types happen

N
automatically

E
This simplifies charts a
lot

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 81
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Add content to your function chart

OR ORA
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Reuse charts or blocks: Build it yourself using the block

E
library:
Import charts from DIGSI 4
Copy charts from other

M
devices and projects in DIGSI 5
Copy blocks (rubberband-

E
selection with mouse) and

I
paste (keeps connections)

S
Version: D_02_Page 82
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Manually add and connect function blocks

A
Select an element in library

S
Drag element from library
to editor

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Connect blocks by clicking
on port and drag to other

E
port
Add constants by selecting
input and typing value

M
Copy blocks (rubberband-
selection with mouse) and

E
Drag element
paste

I
From library
includes connections

S
Version: D_02_Page 83
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Connect with signals

A
Choose signal in Signals

S
task card
Drag signal from library to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


inputs / outputs

N
Use the filters of Signal

E
task card to filter for your
wanted data type („show
me only measured values

M
(MV)“)
Drag signal to input or output Choose if you want to see

E
signals as well-known

I
margins or „flags“

S
Version: D_02_Page 84
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Extendable blocks

A
Some blocks show a green

S
triangle on bottom
Those can be extended by

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


the number of inputs

N
Open properties of the

E
block
Choose page “I/Os”
Enable display of

M
additional inputs

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 85
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Control flow

S A
Get a good overview over
all connections between
blocks

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Change static values of the
inputs easily

E
Add new blocks here as
well
Connect inputs by with

M
signals from the Signal
task card via drag & drop

I E
See tracing values while
CFC Tracing and Watching

S
is activated in a table form

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 88 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Resource consumption of function charts

A
Open Device information

S
by double clicking on
„Device information“ in
project tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Select tab „Resource

E
consumption“
Validate resource
consumption of function

M
charts
When a limit is exceeded

E
then an inconsistency

I
warning indicates that
Hit refresh when keeping

S
editor open and updated
list shall be provided

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 89 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust parameters
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 90 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Three ways of creating pages

OR OR SOR A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Create from singe-line: Use existing ones: Build it yourself using

E
the symbol library:

Select bay or Import from file

M
device and create Use the ones in
displays application templ.

E
Copy elements and Copy from other

I
paste in displays device

S
Version: D_02_Page 91
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
The manual approach

A
Choose desired symbol
standard (ANSI or IEC) at

S
Options Set Standard
Select an element in library

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Drag element from library
to editor

E
Draw lines between
elements by clicking on
port and drag to other port

M
Add texts with text tool in

E
Drag element
toolbar

I
From library
Add measured values or
dynamic texts with tool in

S
toolbar
Rotate elements as
needed

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 92 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Display page properties

A
Reorder pages by

S
drag&drop in project tree
order shown in DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


will same as in device

N
Select default page in

E
properties
Change name in headline,
properties or project tree

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 93
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Connect with signals

A
Elements with (no) signals

S
assigned are indicated in
different colors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Choose signal in Signals

N
task card

E
Drag signal from library to
symbols or measured
value fields

M
Use the filters of Signal
Drag signal to input or output task card to filter for your

E
wanted data type („show

I
me only measured values
(MV)“)

S
Version: D_02_Page 94
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Connect with signals

A
If you have IEC 61850

S
enabled you can drag
signals of other devices in
the same subnet from

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
library to symbols or
measured value fields

E
GOOSE connections are
created automatically

M
Drag single or double point
Drag signal to input or output indications or measured

E
values on an empty place

I
in display to create
dynamic text fields

S
automatically

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 95 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Default controllable symbol

A
All display pages are

S
control pages
Select default element in

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


properties of symbol

N
Will be selected by

E
default if hitting control
key on device

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 96
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Create custom symbol

A
Create new symbol using

S
tool from toolbar

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 97
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Symbol editor: Create new symbol

A
Choose width and height
Choose static or dynamic

S
symbol
Select default state

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Add or move red bullets
who indicate ports for

E
connections
Draw symbol using the
provided drawing tools

M
Closed shapes can be
filled

I E
Move or resize parts using
the mouse cursor tool

S
Hit OK on bottom to take
over symbol to display

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 98 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Symbol editor: Reuse symbols

A
Drag & Drop symbol from

S
library to that as starting
point

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Symbol in library is not

N
changed

E
Select parts or full symbol
in one state and copy to
other states

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 99
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Fault display editor

A
Specify information

S
displayed on device
display in case of faults

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Choose for each line what

N
information to display

E
Select the circuit breaker
to show the fault displays
for

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 100
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust parameters
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extend device functionality

G
Measuring-point routing

A
All measuring points

S
coming by application
templates are ready for
use

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Add new measuring points

E
(1 or 3 phase)
Added measuring points
need to be connected to

M
physical terminals

E
Select which measuring

I
point inputs to which
function group

S
Connect interfaces
between function groups

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 102 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extend device functionality

G
Function-group interactions

Application templates:
Measuring points are pre-connected

S
Line 1

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
VT 3-phase 1 Voltage 3-phase
with function group interfaces. CT 3-phase 1 Line Current 3-phrase

E
New function groups added from the
library:

M
Circuit Breaker 1
The connection between measuring <none> Voltage 3-phase

E
<none> Current 3-phase
points and function group interfaces <none>

I
Voltage 1-phase

needs to be defined by the user.

S
Version: D_02_Page 103
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extend device functionality

G
Function-group interactions

A
All Function groups coming
by application templates
are ready for use

S
Added Function groups
need to be connected to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Measuring points

E
Circuit-breaker groups
Other function groups
Protection function

M
groups

I E
Select which measuring
point inputs to which

S
function group
Connect interfaces
between function groups

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 104 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extend device functionality

G
Function-group interactions

A
These connections (measuring point / function group interface) are shown in
Single-line configurations editor

S
Function group connections editor

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Line 1 Circuit Breaker 1

N
VT 3-phase 1 Voltage 3-phase VT 3-phase 1 Voltage 3-phase
CT 3-phase 1 Line Current 3-phase CT 3-phase 1 Current 3-phase

E
<none> Voltage 1-phase

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 105
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Training Objective

What you will learn…


How the control function is designed in SIPROTEC 5

A G
S
To understand the basic principles for user defined functions
Where the differences are compared to SIPROTEC 4

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
How to use DIGSI 5 for these purposes
How the SIPROTEC 5 devices work in a Substation Automation

E
Environment

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 2
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function
Description of Details

E
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 3
E 11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Introduction

A G
S
Device architecture is based on IEC 61850 model
IEC 61850 is „the“ substation automation protocol

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Goals:

E
Full integration of protection and substation automation
Full support of IEC 61850 edition 2

M
Satisfy customers with high level IEC 61850 requirements
(„flexible engineering“)

I E
Less engineering effort for standard engineering tasks
Do not bother customers with IEC 61850 details if they don´t need it

S
Version: D_01_Page 4
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 5
E 11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of control function

A G
Parameter: (settings)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Output time
Chatter blocking Parameter:

E
Interlocking Conditions
(engineered in CFC)

I E M
S
Evaluation of:
Parameter (settings): Switching authority (local/remote)
Command type, Switching mode (interlocked/uninterlocked)
SW-Filter time, Interlocking conditions
Feedback monitoring time, Double operation blocking
SBO timeout Blocking by protection
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 7
E 11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Representation of Control Structure in DIGSI 5

G
Example 1: Circuit Breaker

A
Representation of CB in routing matrix

S XCBR

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N CSWI

E M
CILO

S I
New: Circuit Breaker includes protection function blocks

Version: D_01_Page 8
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Representation of Control Structure in DIGSI 5

G
Example 2: Disconnector

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
CSWI

M E CILO

E
XSWI

S I
Version: D_01_Page 9
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Engineering – Basic Definitions

Function Blocks
Signals
Settings
Properties

A G
S
Function
Group

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Function
Block

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 10
Signal

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Representation of Control Structur in DIGSI 5

G
Details of Circuit Breaker (1/2)

S A
Possibility for external aquisition
blocking („Knebelschalter“)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Physical position as connected to

E
binary inputs and outputs of device
For use in interlocking conditions

M
Control Command for CB

E
Select logging options (for example

I
event log)
For transmission to system interface

S
Use these signals for outputs of
interlocking CFC plans

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Details of Circuit Breaker (2/2)

G
Position

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Connect to binary inputs

M
Use this information in interlocking
CFC plans or to connect to LEDs

I E
Connect to binary inputs

S
Version: D_01_Page 12
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Single Line and Topology View

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Topology tree is
read-only in step 1

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 14
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Main Differences to SIPROTEC 4

A G
S
„Automatic“ GOOSE configuration
Protection and Control use the same Circuit Breaker model

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Single Line Editor for system view
Topology Tree (read-only in first release)

E
Supports IEC61850 Edition 2
More details of IEC 61850 usable

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 15
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 16
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Signal Types (1/2)

G
What do I have to do if I need a….

A
SIPROTEC 4 Information Catalog SIPROTEC 5 Library

Information type SPS (Single Point Status)


Protocol text or „transient indication“ (Wischermeldung) is a

S
setting
No differentiation external / internal signal

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Not necessary any longer

E
Circuit breaker or disconnect switch „status only“

SPS (if source = BI or CFC), SPC (if source =

M
Communication)
Binary Counter Reading BCR

I E
Not necessary any longer

S
SPS (if source = BI or CFC), SPC (if source =
Communication)

Function Group / Block „Transformer Tap Changer“

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Signal Types (2/2)

SIPROTEC 4 Information Catalog SIPROTEC 5 Library

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Circuit breaker or disconnector switch „status only“

M E
Circuit breaker or disconnector switch

I E
Measured Value (result of CFC / GOOSE-Communication)

S
Contained in every function group „line“ (Wp+, Wq+, Wp-,
Wq-)metered value
Pulse

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Grouping of signals in

G
„User Defined Function Group“ (1/2)

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
User defined Function block for
grouping of information

E
Command with Single Feedback

Routing of single feedback to

M
binary input

I E
Command with Double Feedback

S
Routing of double feedback to
binary inputs

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 19 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Grouping of signals in

G
„User Defined Function Group“ (2/2)

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Routing of command output to relays

E
Same options for both types!
Off: Set relay when command is „off“
On: Set relay when command is „on“
Cc: Common contact; set relay when

M
command is „off“ or „on“
BF: Busy Flag; set relay when
command is „off“ or „on“, starting

E
with „select“ and ending with end

I
of feedback monitoring time

S
All routings are allowed to be
multiple.

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 20 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
Presentation with DIGSI 5

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 21
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
What will be shown in DIGSI 5?

Select Single Line Template

A G
S
Create circuit breaker and disconnect switch objects in the device
Connect switches and CTs / VTs in Single Line to device objects

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Engineering of breaker and disconnect switch:
Connect to BI / BO

E
Create interlocking logic in CFC
Route position information to event log
Create Display Page from Single Line Editor picture

I E M
Use GOOSE messages for interlocking
Show complete settings and properties of switches (for example chatter
blocking, filter times)

S
Create new single point / double point indications

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 22 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

M
Working online

E
Transmit configuration

I
Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 2
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Network configuration

G
Set the IP address

A
Open the editor by
double clicking on

S
“Devices and networks”
in the project tree

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The back view of the
devices with all interfaces

E
is visible in the “Device
view”
After selecting the

M
interface in the device
view, the IP address

E
can be set

S I
Version: D_01_Page 3
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Network configuration

G
Network topology

A
The devices can be
added to one or more

S
subnets in the “Network
view”

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Click on the correct
interface and add a

E
subnet
The interfaces of the
other devices can then
be connected to the

M
same subnet

S I
Version: D_01_Page 4
E 12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

M
Transmit configuration

S I
Version: D_01_Page 5
E Load the firmware

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Initialize the device

G
Why do we have to initialize?

S A
The device has to be
initialized via the USB
interface, if you want to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
download parameters
into the device for the

E
first time
The online device
receives its IP address

M
The offline configuration
in the project receives

E
the serial number (BM

I
number) of the
SIPROTEC relay

S
Version: D_01_Page 6
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

M
Working online

E
Transmit configuration

I
Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Two ways to connect

ORA
OR
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
direct connection from Plug & Play
offline parameter set

M
Try to reach a device Find all devices in

E
through USB or the subnet

I
Ethernet using given
communication

S
settings

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 8 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Direct connection – Select the IP address

S A
If the device has been
initialized already, you
can connect directly to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
the device
Select the IP address

E
that shall be used to
connect to the device

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 9
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Direct connection

S A
Direct connection to a
SIPROTEC device from
the offline configuration
Right-click on the device
and select “Connect to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
device”
A warning will appear, if

E
the serial number of the
online device and the
offline configuration
differs
If the device is not

M
already available in the
Lifelist (Online access),

E
it will appear under
“Other accessible

I
devices”

S
Version: D_01_Page 10
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Lifelist

S A
The lifelist contains all
available online devices
See directly through
which interface the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
devices are connected

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 11
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Find the devices

S A
If the project does not
already contain the
device, DIGSI 5 can

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
search it for you
Select the network

E
interface that is
connected to the device
and click on „Update

M
accessible devices“
All online devices within

E
the local network will

I
appear in the lifelist

S
Version: D_01_Page 12
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Retrieve device data

S A
Retrieve the device data in
two steps:
1) Basic device information
also suitable for slow
connections

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
2) Complete process data
Logs
Records

E
Expert
configuration

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 13
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Copy a device to the project

S A
A connected device can
directly be copied to a
project

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Get the device data on
site without having the

E
original project
The online device can
be copied to the project

M
even if the configuration
already exists

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 14
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Update an existing offline configuration

S A
An existing offline
configuration can be
updated with the
configuration of the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
online device
Always keep your
project up-to-date

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 15
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Create an empty offline configuration

S A
An empty offline
configuration can be
added to the project
The new configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
has the same order
code as the online
device

E
The application
template can be chosen
independently of the

M
original online device

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 16
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Exercise

1. Set the IP-address of the interface J

A G
S
2. Initialize the device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
3. Connect to the device

4. Retrieve the process data

I E M 5. Add an online device to your project through


plug & play

S
Version: D_01_Page 17
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

I E M Transmit configuration

Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 18
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Process data

S A
Receive the process
data directly from your
offline configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The connection to the
online device will be

E
initiated directly
After the process data
has been downloaded,

M
the connection will be
disconnected

E
automatically

S I
Version: D_01_Page 19
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Process data

S A
Get the complete
process data at once
OR

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Download individual
process data:

E
Logs
Records
Indication snapshots
Measurement

M
snapshots

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 20
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Online connection

S A
An online connection is
identified by:
• orange bar

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
• “magic eye“
• connection icon

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 21
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Online Device

S A
Device information
Logs
Records

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Indications
Measurements

E
Test Suite
Safety & Security
Expert Configuration

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 22
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Device Information

S A
General device
information:
Name
Relay type (e.g. 7SL87)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Serial number
Configuration version
Product code

E
The device mode can be
changed:
Commissioning

M
Process
Simulation

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 23
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Device Information – Time Information

S A
Information regarding
time synchronization
Device time can be set

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
manually

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 24
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Device Information – Hardware Information

S A
General hardware
information

Information of each

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
hardware module

Information of each

E
communication module

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 25
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Logs

S A
Operational log
Fault log
Setting-history log

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
2 User-defined logs

E
All log entries can be
deleted

M
Logs can be saved to a

E
file (e.g. csv)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 26
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Logs

S A
Set the time reference
Sort the log entries
according to:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Time
Name

E
Value
Number
Quality

M

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 27
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Records

S A
Find all fault records

Export the fault records

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Save an overview of the

E
fault records to a file

Create test fault

M
records

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 28
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Indications

S A
Indications are updated
continuously

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Indications can be
saved as snapshots in

E
the offline configuration.

Indications can be

M
cleared

E
Save indications to a

I
file

S
Version: D_01_Page 29
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Measurement Values

S A
Measurement values of
each function group
e.g. - Line
- Circuit Breaker

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Operational values
Fundamentals

E
Symmetrical components
Min/Max values
Energy values
Statistics
User-defined values

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 30
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Measurement Values

S A
Measurement
Snapshots are saved in
the offline configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Change between
primary, secondary and

E
percentage values
Save snapshots to a file
(e.g. csv)

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 31
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Test Suite

S A
Verify the wiring
Diagnostic tools for the
communication module
Monitoring of analog

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
inputs
Test the control
functions

E
Test the circuit breaker
Check the correct
behavior of the

M
protection functions
Test your
communication

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 32
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Safety & Security

S A
Safety
Confirmation IDs for
different safety-relevant
device operations

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Security
Password for a secure

E
DIGSI connection
(NERC compliant)
Passwords and
confirmation IDs can be

M
changed individually for
each device

E
Passwords and

I
confirmation IDs can be
reset

S
Version: D_01_Page 33
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Expert Configuration

S A
Information routing
Communication
mapping

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Settings
FGs (e.g.

E
Line 1)
Power
System
Recording

M
Device settings
Time settings

E
Function charts (CFC)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 34
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Expert Configuration - Change settings

S A
Choose the setting
group you want to
change
Click on “Edit Settings”

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Change the settings

E
Load the changes to
the device or discard
them

M
Settings of two different
setting groups can be

E
compared

S I
Version: D_01_Page 35
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Expert Configuration - Change settings

S A
Change the settings
in the matrix

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Load the changes to
the device or discard

E
them

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 36
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Upgrade device functionality

S A
Additional
functionality can be
ordered subsequently

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Add more function
points to the device
Add significant

E
features (e.g.
additional ends for a
7SD)

M
You will receive a

E
daf-file that contains

I
the changes
This daf-file can be

S
imported into the
online device

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 37 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Disconnect

S A
To disconnect, right-
click on the online
device and select

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
“Disconnect device”

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 38
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Exercise

A G
S
1. Check the measurement values and save

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
a „snapshot“

E
2. Check the log files

M
3. Change the settings in your online device

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 39
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

I E M Transmit configuration

Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 40
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Load configuration

G
Load configuration to device(s)

S A
Load the settings into
one device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Load the settings into
numerous devices:

E
All available devices
will be listed

M
If a device is not
available, DIGSI will

E
skip this one and will

I
continue with the
next

S
one

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 41 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Load configuration

G
Load configuration to device(s)

S A
Select the device(s)

Load the configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 42
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

E M
Transmit configuration

I
Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 43
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Load the firmware

G
Load the complete firmware

S A
Load the firmware into
numerous devices:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
All available devices
will be listed

E
If a device is not
available, DIGSI will
skip this one and will

M
continue with the
next

E
one

S I
Version: D_01_Page 44
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Load the firmware

G
Load the complete firmware

S A
Choose which relay(s)
you want to update
Set the firmware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
version
Load the firmware

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 45
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Load the firmware

G
Expert view

S A
It is not necessary to
load the complete
firmware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Particular parts of the

N
firmware can be
selected:

E
Mainboard firmware
Boot system of a
communication

M
interface

E
Mark the project and

I
click on „Online“ ->
„Expert view“

S
Select the required
parts and load the
firmware

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 46 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Exercise

A
1. Transmit the changed configuration into one
device G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
2. Load the complete firmware into two different
devices

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 47
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course

S
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S
Order Configurator

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
DIGSI Handling

M E
S I
Version: D_02_Page 2
E 13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Select SIPROTEC 5

Version: D_02_Page 3
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Press Configure

Version: D_02_Page 4
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Select Function extension

13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points


Version: D_02_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Fill in the device type, serial number, function point class and additional changes. Then select
the required mode of dispatch.

13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points


Version: D_02_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
After ordering this configuration you will get a file called *.daf.

Version: D_02_Page 7
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Order Configurator

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
DIGSI Handling

M E
S I
Version: D_02_Page 8
E 13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
DIGSI 5 – How to load the file (.daf) into the device

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Online help: Loading device functionality into
the SIPROTEC 5 device
The *.daf file is load into the device via DIGSI 5

13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points


Version: D_02_Page 9 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
DIGSI 5 – How to load the file (.daf) into the device

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 10
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
Introduction

Do you want to become a


certified expert?

S A
Learn more about our
Siemens Power Academy
Curriculum concept

E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 1 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
A sustainable Competence Development Program

Efficiently gaining knowledge


What does the “Curriculum” consist of?

S A
N
■ Training program of several courses on one Expert
specific topic for a systematic competence

E
devolpment
■ The possibility to apply & be certified
in 3 different qualification levels

M
Advanced
Associate – Advanced – Expert

E
■ Per Qualification Level: series of

I
aligned courses and associated e-tests
■ Certificate is valid for 5 years Associate

S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 2 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
Curricula consist of 3 qualification levels

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
Benefits of Competence Development Program

Benefit for employers

Employers meet the

S
Participants can certify A
Benefit for participants Benefit for the industry

Recruiters can aim at

N
requirements of ISO 9001 their skills and know- certified applicants to
as employees obtain ledge to enhance their ensure adequate

E
specialist knowledge and professional market capabilities of future
skills through certification. value at home and employees.

M
abroad.

S I E
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 4 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
How to obtain certification

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Substation Automation Systems –
SICAM PAS Substation Automation

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC Protection –
Planning Power Generation and Industry

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 7 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Please contact us

Power Academy TD

S
Humboldtstrasse 50
90459 Nuremberg A
N
Phone: +49-911-433-7415
Fax: +49-911-433-5482

E
E-mail: poweracademy.ic-sg@siemens.com

Download areas:

M
SICAM www.sicam.de
SIPROTEC www.siprotec.com

E
Power Quality www.powerquality.de

I
Energy Customer Service:

S
in case of required technical support
www.siemens.com/energy-support
Hotline: +49-180-524-7000

Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.


F00_Page 8 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5 / DIGSI 5 Basic i3D Intern (3 days)
Bruhnke (Winter), IC SG SE PTI PA

A
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
9:00 – 12:00 9:00 – 12:00 9:00 – 12:00

S
• Ex 1a: • SIP 5 Documentations (Chap.7) • Ex 08: Online Mode
• SIPROTEC 5 Scope of Supply of 20kV Feeder • DIGSI 5 • Online Operation with SIPROTEC 5
(Chap.1) • HW and SW performance • Edit time and date
• Ex 1b: • Installation (Chap.8.2) • Monitoring of Log Lists
• Basic Functions of SIPROTEC 5 (Teamwork) • License • Reading of Fault Recorts

N
(Chap.2)
• Device Driver • Saving of Process Data
• Ex 2a:
• Download of Settings with
• Handling of SIPROTEC 5 (Teamwork)
“Expert Configuration”
• Ex 2b:

E
• Compare Devices
• Height lights of SIP 5 (Teamwork)
• Group 1: HW Concept (Chap.3.1) • Ex 04a: • Ex 09:
• Group 2: Communication Concept (Chap.3.2) • Design of 220 kV Feeder SLD with DIGSI 5 • Logic Function Charts (CFC)
• Group 3: I/O , CT & VT Terminals (Chap.3.1) • Ex 04b: Flashing LEDs
• Group 4: Dimensions of SIP 5 (Manual) • Design of SIP 5 Device with DIGSI 5 • Ex 10:

M
• Logic Function Charts (CFC) Setting Group
Changing
Lunch Lunch Lunch
13:00 – 16:30 13:00 – 17:00 13:00 – 16:30

E
• Presentation of Height Lights • Ex 05: • Ex 11:
• SIP 5 Hardware Concept (Chap.3.1) • Implementation of Control Functions with DIGSI 5 • Display Power Flow and SF6 Lost

I
• SIP 5 Communication Concept (Chap.3.2) • Ex 06: • Ex 12a: Expansion of Function Points
• SIP 5 Software Concept (Chap.4) • Design of SIP5 Display Pages with DIGSI 5
• SIP 5 Function Groups & Application Templates (Chap.5) • Ex 07a:

S
• Ex 3a :SIP 5 Device Orders No. with SIP 5 Online • Implementation of Protection Functions (Distance1)
Configuration (Chap.6) • Ex 07b:
• Ex 3b SIP 5 Module Orders No. with SIP 5 Online • Implementation of Protection Functions (Distance2)
Configuration (Chap.6)
• Ex 07c:
• Implementation of Protection Functions
(Overcurrent)

Preparation:

Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.


F00_Page 1 Course Title Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
SIPROTEC 5 /
M E
S I E
DIGSI 5 BASIC Course
01 Specification of 220 kV Feeder Protection and Automation
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2013. All rights reserved.
G
Specification of 220 kV Feeder-Protection and Automation

S A

= D 01
3~50Hz 220 kV
100 km

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
220 kV:

M E
220 kV:
I E
-BA 11
S
Version: D_10_Page 2
01 Specification of 220 kV SG
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Specification of 220 kV Feeder-Protection and Automation

220 kV:

3~50Hz 220 kV
S

-BA 11

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N

-QB 11
-QA1
E

-QC 11

= D 02
-QC 2

-QC 1
3

-QB 21
E M
-QC 21
220
I
220
kV:
kV:
S
-BA 21
01 Specification of 220 kV SG Siemens Power Academy TD
Version: D_10_Page 3 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Specification of 220 kV Feeder-Protection and Automation

A
This specification covers the design of a HV substation protection system.
A combined distance and Two end differential protection relay (3 pol.) shall be provided to protect and control the OHL feeder =D01
and the Busbar Coupler =D02.

S
The devices should have 19 binary inputs, 12 Standard and 3 Fast binary outputs.
The protection device has to have 2 Voltage- and 2 Current-systems interfaces for Line 800/1 5P30 48 VA (Error 1%/ 5%)
and for BC 2500/1 5P30 40 VA (Error 1%/ 5%) (CT neutr. point not to objects). The 220 kV Network is insulated.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The device should be flexible enough to activate maximal additional protection functions at any time without changing the device and
without additional costs.

E
The interface for GOOSE communication should be separated from the differential protection interface.
The protection device should have a changeable FO-interface with dual ports, one channel for two end line differential protection
and one channel for existing Substation Automation System with IEC 60870-5-103.

M
For the communication to the new Substation Automation System and for Inter-device-GOOSE-communication should be use IEC
61 850 protocol. For IEC 61850 should be use a separate changeable electrical module with two canals and integrated Ethernet-
switch.

E
The protection devise should communicate over a separate Ethernet-interface for DIGSI 5.

I
The device should be flush mounting and provide local control functionality with a large display and key switches and should have

S
32 LEDs, 16 LEDs of those should be color changeable.
The power supply in the substation is 48 V DC.

01 Specification of 220 kV SG Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_10_Page 4 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5/

S I
DIGSI 5 BASIC-Course
03 Hardware Overview
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Content

S
Overview: Look from the outside
Types of IO-Modules

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Rear view, Principle of terminal naming

E
Typical Devices
A closer look to the inside
Summary

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 2
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Wath are new ?

S
Modular device concept, freely configurable
Delivered devices can be expanded with 1/6-moduls

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
without problems

E
Customers can configure their individual device for
specific applications
Up to 40 analog input channels (U, I)

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 3
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Base Module with Expansion Modules

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 4
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Mounting of an expansion module

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 5
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Detailed view on module connections

Robust and stable

S
connection
between parts

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 6
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

Different Types of Operator Panels for Base Module

Dual Color

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
LEDs
(settable to

E
green or red)

I E M
S
No Display

Version: D_02_Page 7
Small Display
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Large Display

Siemens Power Academy TD


G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Operator Panels for expansion modules

S Single

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Color
LEDs

E
(red)

I E M
S
Without LED

Version: D_02_Page 8
With LED With LED and key switches
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Surface mounted device – front view

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 9
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Operating Elements Base Module Expansion Module
of HMI
Description Field

S
for LEDs

16 LEDs (red)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
16 LEDs (green or Description Field
red, selectable) for LEDs

E
Context Sensitive Keys
LED Acknowledge

M
and Reset of Cursor Keys
latched
information

I E
Numerical Keys Key Switch S5
and Function Keys „Remote/Local“

S
Key Switch S1
USB plug-in
„Interlocking Off / Normal“
Description Field
Control of Switching Elements
for Function Keys

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 10 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Change of Current Transformer

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 11
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Current Transformer is inside of Current Terminal

Voltage terminal

S
(for voltage measurement, BI, BO)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Current

E
transformer

I E M
S
Current terminal

Version: D_02_Page 12
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Change of modules

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 13
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Types of IO-Boards

A
Properties of IO-Boards

14 different IO boards have been designed to meet the requirements for

S
the possible applications.
Elements to be combined on the different IO boards:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Binary Inputs (with and without common potentials)

E
Relay: Relay Standard 9 ms (Make contact, normally open)
Relay Standard (Change over contact)
Relay Fast 6 ms (Make contact, normally open)

M
Relay Fast (Change over contact)
Power-Relay

E
High-Speed Relay 0,2 ms (semi-conductor speed-up)

I
Current Transducer Input (Protection or Measurement)
Voltage Transducer Input

S
Measurement transducer input (20mA)
Plug-In-Modules (Communication, 20mA Input, Memory,…)

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 14 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (1)
PS201 IO201

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Life Contact

E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 15
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (2)
IO202 IO203

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 16
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (3)
IO205 IO206

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 17
Variant of IO205
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (4)
IO207

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 18
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (5)
IO208 IO209

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 19
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Board Types (6)
IO214 CB202

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Variant of IO202

Version: D_02_Page 20
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Label: Position
and type of IO

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Battery

Version: D_02_Page 21
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Rear view, Principle of Terminal Naming

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 22
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Example of Typical Devices (1/2)

Basic protection relay for Base Module with IO202

S
directional measuring 4xI, 4xU, 11BI, 8BO,
1 Life Contact

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
M
Protection relay for two Base Module with

E
measuring points IO208 and Extension

I
Module with IO202
(1,5 circuit breaker method) 8xI, 8xU, 15BI, 19BO,
1 Life Contact

S
Version: D_02_Page 23
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Example of Typical Devices (2/2)

Bay Controller for double

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
bus feeder with large

E
number of IO signals

Base Module with

M
IO202 and Extension
Modules with IO202 and

E
3xIO207

I
4xI, 4xU, 67BI, 38BO,
1 Life Contact

S
Version: D_02_Page 24
03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Look to the inside (1/2)
Highlights of Power Supply
PS201 IO20x IO20x

S
Distributed Power Supply
1,5V 5V for high availability and high

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
EMC resistance
Thermal load is distributed
3,3V -5V

E
All voltages are supervised
detailed diagnostic
11V Wide Range PS (24/48 V DC,

M
60-220V AC/DC)
24/48V range will not be

E
damaged if connected to

I
higher voltage

S
Local power bus 28V

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 25 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

Look to the inside (2/2)

A
Highlights of A/D sampling

S
I
U
5 Ranges
Cross-wiring of Current and
Current Clamp 8 pol.

Voltage Groups to different


I
U
5 Ranges A

A/D Converters

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
D
I
U 4 channel

Fast error detection for


Sigma
5 Ranges
Delta 1

A/D converters
I

E
U

5 Ranges

EEPROM

A/D converter 24 Bit


(SIPROTEC4: 22 Bit)

M
U

better accuracy
U
Voltage Clamp 14 pol.

E
U
U A
Calibration factor on current

I
D

transformer terminal
4 channel
Sigma
U Delta 2
U

S
U
U

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 26 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Summary and Highlights (1/2) Modular device concept, freely configurable
Delivered devices can be expanded with 1/6-moduls
without problems
Customers can configure their individual device for specific

S
applications
Up to 40 analog input channels (U, I)

Devices without Jumpers – no more opening


of device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
1A/5A-rated current will be set electronically.
Three thresholds of binary inputs (15V, 71V, 154V) can be

E
set individually using software

Powerful signal processing


Sampling rate up to 16 kHz (protection 1kHz)
Maximum 40 analog channels (24 for protection)

M
Prepared for PMU functionality

Draw out of terminal blocks

E
Simple exchange of current transformers
Pre-Wiring is possible

I
Change to sensitive ground fault CT input is possible after
ordering

S
Service-friendly
Opening of device not necessary (battery, modules,… can
be changed without opening)

03 Hardware Overview Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_02_Page 27 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5: Modular Hardware Design

A
Summary and Highlights (2/2) On-Site operation panel, visualization
9 freely configurable function keys
Option of small and large display for all devices

S
Up to 16 multicolor LEDs + the option of 4*16 red LEDs

IEC61508 Certification

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Safety standard, certificate scheduled for step 2
all necessary developments are available in step 1

E
Memory module 8 GB (step 2)
For long-time fault records
For power quality data

Identical Wiring for panel-mounted and

M
surface-mounted device
Standardization saves time

E
Standardization prevents from errors

S
Version: D_02_Page 28
I 03 Hardware Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
05 Software Components of the SIPROTEC 5 system
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Training Objective

What you will learn…


About the SIPROTEC 5 Software components

A G
S
which components are available, compared to SIPROTEC 4
which components can be handled individually by the user

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 2
05 Software Components
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 4 system

A
V4 device Legend:
Firmware (FW) component with own version in the user view;
component can be altered (loaded) individually

S
- operating system
- no. & types of prot. & A SIPROTEC 4 device consists of the following major
autom. functions components:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
- all inter-connections
- CFC blocks Device Firmware (FW)
Device Parameter set (PS)

E
- text font
Parameter set (PS) Both components are handled individually, meaning
- settings that no 1:1 relation exists, but a n:m.
- routing E.g. FW V4.80 is compatible to PS V4.73

M
- CFC charts
- graphic display The device functionality is defined by the firmware.

E
- (text pool) Therefore the firmware is the leading version in the

I
users' view.
com mapping (e.g. approvals usually refer to the FW version)
(text pool)

S
boot system

05 Software Components
Version: D_01_Page 4 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 compared to SIPROTEC 4

A
V4 device V5 device
Firmware (FW) Firmware (FW)
- operating system - operating system

S
- no. & types of prot. & - applic. Operating sys
autom. functions - CFC block
- all inter-connections

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Configuration (CFG)
- CFC blocks - no. & types of prot. &
- text font

E
autom. functions
Parameter set (PS) - inter-con. (MP, FG)
- settings - settings
- routing - routing

M
- CFC charts - CFC charts
- graphic display - graphic display

E
- (text pool) - HDF (HW descript. File)

I
com mapping DAF (dev. Attributes f. )
(text pool) com. mapping

S
boot system (text pool)
text font
boot system

05 Software Components
Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 system

A
V5 device
Firmware (FW) A SIPROTEC 5 device consists of the following
- operating system
two major components:

S
- applic. Operating sys Device Firmware (FW)
- CFC block Device Configuration (CFG)
Configuration (CFG)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
- no. & types of prot. & Both components are handled individually (n:m
autom. functions relationship).

E
- inter-con. (MP, FG) The device functionality is defined by the
- settings firmware AND the configuration. Therefore the
- routing firmware is no longer the one leading version in

M
- CFC charts the users view. It is FW and CFG version.
- graphic display E.G. an approval must document both versions.
- HDF (HW descript. File)

E
All other components can be changed

I
DAF (dev. Attributes f. )
individually.
com. mapping
(text pool)

S
text font
boot system

05 Software Components
Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 compared to SIPROTEC 4

A
There are some differences compared to SIPROTEC 4:

S
Two major components which define the device functionality and which must be
communicated when talking about device functionality

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


The DAF-file: This file defines the no. of function points which are allowed for the

N
device (and therefore define the possible no. of functions with cost)

E
More individually loadable components

Advantages:

M
Point 2 allows to upgrade the device functionality just by downloading a new DAF

E
file, without touching the actual application

I
Point 3 allows to remedy faults - if they are located in these components - without
touching the application, e.g. a text pool fault

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
05 Software Components
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Software components

G
SIPROTEC 5 system

“Further information”:

S A
All installable components are delivered and installed on the PC through the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
“DIGSI device driver” (DDD-file)

E
how to install: refer to DIGSI lesson
No separate “FW update tool” used. All updates are carried out through
DIGSI.

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 8
05 Software Components
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Training objective

You will learn…


About the SIPROTEC 5 Order Configurator

A G
S
How to configure the modular IEDs
Modularity as major contribution to the “perfectly tailored fit” of a device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Where to place orders

N
How to select the IED’s functionality

E
The relevance of Function Points

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 2
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Product Code

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Order configurator

E
Integration in the IT Systems

M
Function-points and function-
points calculator

S I
Version: D_02_Page 3
E 07 Order Configurator and Function Points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Factory Supply

Factory

A G
The factory supplies
Fully assembled devices

S
with predefined main
functionality
Individual components

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Components
Function Upgrades
Function Upgrade Software

E
Devices can be ordered
with every available

M
Devices hardware configuration
without any additional

E
R&D effort

S
7SA84

I 7SL87 7SD86

A WEB based order configurator provides the entire setup

Version: D_02_Page 4
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5 designations with Product Codes

All configuration criteria are coded with a Long Product Code


The long product code can be interpreted directly.

A G
S
Example:
7SL87-AAAA-AA0-0AAAA0-AA2111-12111A-DAA000-000AA0-CH1BA1-CF0

firm rdered tion of

n
ort J
Hou supp eature
olt.

n po 1st
n

sit io
oduply in
Pow ificant lass
rsio

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Int. t desig nel
m.

Nly v

02

02
02

nsio the
Por ernet P

le

le
para

le

le
le
CB2
y
n pa

n
re-oent ifica

CB2
n
e ve

CB2
ratio e
f

odu
Disp quantit

Bas er sup
odu

Bas board i
odu
odu
Ope lay typ
Fct. yption

ch

extedule at
SignPoints
spe tomer
ls
y

swit
war
rova

Key ing
rant

cific
a pp a l

em

em
em

em
em
Eth
Bas t E

tM
F

tN
E
tP
i

r
c

Pow
Ind

CPU
s
Cus

t
r
Spe

Fron
War

Por
LED

Mo
Bas
Por
Enc

I/O
Por
Por
Bas
Each long product code has a one-to-one counterpart: a Short Product Code

M
Example: P1C321

I E
The short product code is a sequential number, ‘pointing’ on to one specific long
product code, i.e. one specific device configuration. Devices with the same short

S
product code have the same configuration and therefore the same long product code.
The short product codes are managed by a ‘TNS Server’ (TNS=Technical Numbering
System).

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How do we get the right product code?

Device
Type

A G
S
……?……..
2nd expansion module

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Front Design
CT sensitivity
1st expansion module

?E
……?……..
Additional Warranty

Operation Panel

M
……?……..

E
Key-operated Switch

I
Function point class

S
Version: D_02_Page 6
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator

G
Embedded in the Internet

S
7SA86

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 7
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator

G
Embedded in Siemens SAP

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 8
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator

G
Embedded in the Internet and Siemens SAP

S A
7SA86

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 9
Identical Frame in both applications

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Comprehensive Device Configuration

Order configurator

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Product Code (ProC)

M
Manufacturing Devices DIGSI 5

I E
ProC ProC
NASA-Factory

S
Version: D_02_Page 10
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order configurator not only a WEB application

G
IT system for SIPROTEC 5 configuration

A
Siemens Siemens Customer
internal Region external
PMD
Spiridon-Sales CONCERT

S
(WEB)-Information

KMAT: C2010

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
(URL)* Configuration NASA-Sales
Product Master

E
Integration Siemens Region
WEB Configurator D and
PMI (Energy IPC) ‘Stammhaus’

IPC: Internet Pricing Configuration TNS Server

M
KMAT: C2010 (for Short Productcode)

(URL)* KMAT: C2010

E
Product Master (URL + KB)*

I
Data
KMAT: C2010 KMAT: C2010
PMD (URL)* (URL)*

S
Configurable material (KMAT)
Configuration
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
* URL= Link to WEB-Configurator
NASA-Factory
* KB = Knowlege Base

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Order Configurator – Start page

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 12
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order Configurator

G
Device Base functionality

S A
Device type

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Hardware standard

E
variants as recommendation
with I/O information

M
Tooltip with detailed

E
information

S I
Version: D_02_Page 13
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Order Configurator

G
IED Functionality

S A
Direct navigation between
the pages

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The list of available
functions can be displayed

E
with the function-points
calculator

I E M The device functionality


depends on the function-
points class of the device

S
Version: D_02_Page 14
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-points calculator

G
Starting point is the Application Template

A
Application Templates for
this IED, available for each

S
IED in DIGSI

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
This function is always
available, without
additional points.

E
This function is
preselected twice within

M
the selected application
template, requiring 120

E
points in total

I
The first function is always

S
available (with 0 points),
the second would require
25 points

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-points calculator

G
The result is the function-points class

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Scroll bar

E
Function-points sum for
this application (template).

M
Resulting function-points
class to be applied to the

E
configuration (and to the

I
Product Code).

S
The IED functionality depends on the selected function-points class

Version: D_02_Page 16
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Applied function-points class

A G
Applied function-points
class

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
As soon as the
background of “Show

E
result” appears in dark-
grey a plausible device
configuration is available

I E M
S
With “Next” go to the next
page “Modules” displaying
the I/O-configuration

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Order Configurator: Module and I/O view

A G
Resulting width in 19”
fractions

S
Module overview

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Terminal diagram

E
Remove a module

Add a module

M
Information about detailed

E
I/O summary

I
Show result signals

S
plausible device
configuration

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Order Configurator: Detailed summary on the result page

A G
Export to PDF file

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Product codes

E
Scroll bar

M
Detailed summary

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 19
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Take aways / Call to Action

A G
S
Thank you !

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
We supply fully assembled devices with predefined main functionality, even if the
customer has a specific hardware configuration
The devices are designated with a short product code, which is unique for a specific

M
device configuration. Each short product code has one corresponding unique long
product code

E
The device functionality depends on the function-points class of the device

I
The order configurator provides all SIPROTEC 5 configuration criteria. It is available

S
through the Siemens SAP Systems and the Internet

Perfectly tailored fit Holistic workflow

07 Order Configurator and Function Points


Version: D_02_Page 20 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configurator

Intranet:

A G
S
English Link: https://intranet.siemens.com/configuration/en
German Link: https://intranet.siemens.com/configuration/de

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Spanish Link: https://intranet.siemens.com/configuration/es

E
Internet:
English:

M
Link:http://www.energy.siemens.com/hq/en/automation/power-
transmission-distribution/protection/siprotec5/configurator.htm

German:

S I E
Link:http://www.energy.siemens.com/hq/de/automatisierung/
stromuebertragung-verteilung/schutz/siprotec5/bestellkonfigurator.htm

Version: D_02_Page 21
07 Order Configurator and Function Points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Learning Target

You will learn…

A G
S
Understand the key concepts and key features of DIGSI 5
Know how to handle DIGSI 5
Get an overview of the tools and editors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 2
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Variants and Licensing

E
Overview of DIGSI 5

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 3
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow

G
Consistent tools – from design to operations

Operations
- Documentation
- Test
- Maintenance

S
Design
- Application
- Specification
AOnline-
Configurator

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Holistic
Workflow

E N
M
DIGSI 5

S
Commissioning
- Test
- Documentation
I
Version: D_01_Page 4
E Implementation
- Device selection
- Parameterization
- Engineering
- Settings
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 – One application for everything

A
DIGSI 4 DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
One single tool from plant design to operation – covering all

S
departments – saves time, provides data security and
transparency along the entire life cycle of your plant.

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 – One application for everything

DIGSI 5

S A
One application
No duplicate data

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


No synchronization

N
problems
No “save to continue”

E
No application
switches
No separate System

M
Configurator
One global save,

E
export, print

S I
Version: D_01_Page 6
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow -

G
From system design to project solution

System engineering

S
Device engineering

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
System specification

E
Device specification

Device configuration

E M
System configuration

I
Device programming

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow -

G
From system design to project solution

DIGSI 5

S
System specification
A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Device specification

M E
Device configuration

System configuration

I E
Device programming

S
Version: D_01_Page 8
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Holistic Workflow -

G
From system design to project solution

A
DIGSI 5 System design also from top-down
Device engineering & (Single-Line)

S
System engineering Intuitive configuration of the system
System specification functions

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Template support for all operation
levels

E
Device specification
Finalize programming and
download to target devices
Device configuration

I E M
System configuration

Device programming

S
Version: D_01_Page 9
System and device engineering with one tool

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Structure of DIGSI 5
Main area

A
All
editors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Project Tree Libraries
Offline configurations

E
Add everything
Online accessible devices
from here

I E M
S
Properties
Propertie
Window bar s
Open editors Informati
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview on
Version: D_01_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5 Control window

G
Close
Structure of the editors
Dock/Undock
Minimize

Editor specific toolbar

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Switch between
different views of
editor

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 11
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
One tree following offline workflow

Design and

A
Implementation

S
Define topology
Typical These steps

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
needs
Add devices customer

E
attention
Define functionality workflow
Adjust settings

M
Define communication

E
Create and test logic

I
Download settings

S The project view guides you through your entire workflow

Version: D_01_Page 12
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
One tree following online workflow

A
Commissioning
and Operations

S
Test device and plant
Test wiring and loop

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Test analog inputs Typical

E
Test control functions
Test circuit-breaker workflow
Test protection functions

M
Test communication

E
Handle fault records, logs

I
Check measurements

S
Control Circuit-breaker
The project view guides you through your entire workflow

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 4 – where to find what

A
Substation
All Devices

S
„Project“

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


One device
Select access mode

E N
Offline

I E M Direct
Change in a copy of

S
Offline current device
Configuration configuration and store
changes into device

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 14 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 – where to find what

Substation
Represented by one project

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


All devices
E N
M
Can be accessed in parallel:

E
- As Offline Configuration

I
- Online: Changes are done in a copy

S
of current device configuration and
can be stored into device

Online and offline devices without application switches

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Templates

When creating devices application templates provide default device


configurations for most common cases

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Templates are also available e.g. for single-lines to create bays

M E Drag template

E
from library

S I
Version: D_01_Page 16
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Copy & Paste

Copy
Devices

S
Function groups, functions, function blocks
CFC charts, blocks A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Communication channels e.g. to redundant channels
Single-line symbols

E
...

Paste
Into new device,

M
new project
Single-lines in displays
...

S I
Version: D_01_Page 17
E 09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Scope of operations

A
Many operations can be used on multiple levels:
Export
Project level
Import

S
Print Device level
Load settings

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Load firmware
Editor level

E
Level depends on the selection in project tree:
Project level
Device level

1 IEM
Editor level

2 Select in
project tree
Execute
function

S
Version: D_01_Page 18
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Import / Export

A
Device-related formats

S
I E TEAX – Open device exchange format for single/multiple device(s) (powered by TEAX)
I E DEX5 – Complete information of single device
I E DSP5 – Display pages of single device (including custom symbols)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
E RIO – Export of settings to Omicron Test Universe
I ELCAD – topology information from ELCAD
I CFC – Continuous function chart plans from V4 (import only)

E
E CSV – All logs and protocols as comma-separated value files
E BMP, JPG – Pictures of a tripping characteristics and zone diagrams
IEC 61850 data formats

M
I E SCD – Substation Configuration Description
I E SSD - System Specification Description
I E SED – System Exchange Description

E
I E ICD / CID – IED Capability Description / Configured IED Description (ICD with communication)

I
I E IID – Instantiated IED Description
E MICS – Model Implementation Conformance Statement (Export only)

S
Protocol-related data formats
E IEC 60870-5-103 protocol settings for SICAM PAS
E DIGDNP – DNP3 protocol settings for SICAM PAS

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 19 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Import / Export common use cases

A
Preconfigured device templates
Use DEX5 format to save and reuse whole devices as templates including

S
settings, routings, CFC logic, displays etc.
Backup
Use DEX5 format to store device regularly in backup archive and restore

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
backups after device replacement
External creation of settings/routings

E
Create new device and import TEAX file with externally created informations
Create file from DEX5 format and specify “variance” through TEAX
Export information for usage in other products
Use DEX5 format to provide information to other tools (e.g. documentation)
Sharing workload in teams

M
Work in parallel on copies of a project (one specify function settings, one
routings, one system interface settings…) and merge in one project using

E
TEAX format

S I
Version: D_01_Page 20
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable

VLAN ID?

S
“Normal” User VLAN ID!

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report control Block? Report control Block!

? E !
LNInst? LNInst!

M
FC or DA? FC or DA!

E
Prefix and suffix? Prefix and suffix!

S I
Version: D_01_Page 21
IEC 61850 Expert

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable

A
“Normal” User Knows the standard well
Isn‘t familiar with the
Exactly knows how he

S
standard (or the terms
wants to get things done
used there)
in IEC 61850
Doesn‘t care about details

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Wants to have access to
Simply wants to use
all details
signals from other devices

E
Wants all the flexibility the
Wants to get commu-
standard provides
nication done quickly
Needs edition 2

M
extensions

I E
IEC 61850 Expert
The implementation of IEC 61850 edition 2 unfolds the entire

S
potential of this standard by optimally supporting your operation
needs and making handling easy.

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 22 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable

A
Translation of the IEC 61850 data model’s complexity into your familiar user
language

S
Full compatibility and interoperability with edition 1 allows an integration of
existing solutions as well the usage of all features of IEC 61850 edition 2. Just

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
choose your scenario.
Flexible object modeling, flexible object address allocation and flexible

E
communication services guarantee highest interoperability and cost-effective
exchange and expansion concepts

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 23
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
IEC 61850 simply usable – Flexible Engineering

A
Control Center
Operator station

S
Station Unit

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report A Report A

E
IEC 61850 Station Bus

Goose A

M
Task:
Protection and field devices
Exchange device of other

E
vendor with minimum effect

I
on the operations

S
Primary technology

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 24 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Engineering effort by different object addressing schemes

A
Control Center
Operator station

S
Station Unit

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report S Report S

E
IEC 61850 Station Bus

Goose S

M
Protection and field devices

E
Result:

I
High engineering- and test
effort for all communication

S
partners
Primary technology

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 25 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

G
Flexible IEC 61850 object addressing schemes reduce effort

A
Control Center
Operator station

S
Station Unit

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Report A Report A

E
IEC 61850 Station Bus

Goose A

M
Result:
Minimal engineering- and Protection
test and field devices

I E
effort through flexible adoption
of the object addressing

S
Primary technology

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 26 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Variants and Licensing

E
Overview of DIGSI 5

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 27
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 4 to 5

DIGSI 4
Basic
DIGSI 4
Professional

S
DIGSI 4
Professional
A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
+ IEC 61850

M E Features

DIGSI 5

S
Compact

I E
Version: D_01_Page 28
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
DIGSI 5
Standard
DIGSI 5
Premium

Siemens Power Academy TD


SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - Variants overview

Compact Standard Premium


S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Single device handling Multi device handling Multi Device handling

E
No IEC 61850 IEC 61850 Advanced IEC 61850
No Topology Single Line/Topology (Flexible Engineering)
No Test Support Test Support ELCAD Support

M
Restricted online supp. Test Sequences
Online access of data CFC Debugging

E
Free of charge for multiple devices SIGRA included

I
DIGSI 5 DIGSI 5 DIGSI 5

S
Compact Standard Premium

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 29 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - License Model

DIGSI 4

S
DIGSI 5
A
Memory Stick with licenses
Needed for installation

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
1 key allowed on up Buy 1, 5 or 10 licenses
to 10 computers Restricts usage to computers
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 30 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - Choose what you need

A
Copy and use DIGSI 5 Compact
Compact on as many computers as you

S
want

Single License

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Standard
E N
M
Trial Scientific/Sales*

Premium
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 33
*: Restricted by area of usage

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
DIGSI 5 - Option Packages

A
Compact

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Standard
E N SIGRA

I E M SIGRA

S
Premium always
included

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 34 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Variants and Licensing

G
New versions of DIGSI 5 - Download for free

DIGSI 4

S
DIGSI 5
A
Customers can download for free
the update to latest DIGSI 5 from

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
www.siemens.com/energy

M E
I E
Each new version of DIGSI 4 is

S
automatically shipped to all
customers who bought DIGSI 4

Version: D_01_Page 35
Customers can order a DVD with
latest version

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
DIGSI 5 in company networks

Deploy the DIGSI 5 licenses on a central server

A G
Provide DIGSI 5 installation on an intranet site for installation

Use the network functionalities of the Automation License Manager to

S
push the licenses to the computers that work with DIGSI 5
or let them pull the licenses to their machine

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Keep track of who took a license or gave it back using the protocol
functionality of the Automation License Manager.

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 36
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
Key concepts of DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Variants and Licensing

E
Overview of DIGSI 5

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 37
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Visually define your primary topology in single lines

A
Define your topology
Import an ELCAD or SCD file
Use templates/elements

S
Tailor functionality of protection
devices to fit your needs
Set basic data on the primary

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
equipment
Easy and intuitive graphical linkage

E
of the device with the primary plant
Automatically create display pictures

I E M
S
Integrated and consistent engineering for system and device
from single line diagram up to device parameterization

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 38 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Take over the device configuration into DIGSI 5

A
DIGSI 5 recognizes the

Order Code
individual configuration through

S
product code
Graphical representation of

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
front and back
Order Configurator
Add new communication

E
modules and terminals
Specify communication
protocols for each port

M
Give IOs, LEDs and F-Keys

E
user defined labels

S I
Version: D_01_Page 39
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Intuitive Routing and allocation

A
Better overview by two
separated matrixes for:

S
Information routing
Communication mapping

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Powerful filtering and profiles
reduce show information as

E
needed
Show condensed or long
version of all columns you

M
need
Multi-Operation as in Excel

E
Use signals of other devices

I
via IEC 61850 as simple as

S
local signals

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 40 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Ensure plant safety with visual function chart (CFC) logic

A
IEC 61131 compliant function
blocks (CFC)

S
Intuitive guidance to find the right
priority level for your chart

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Directly use signals without
„marking“ them first in the matrix

E
Use signals of other devices via
IEC 61850 as simple as local
signals

M
Reuse charts and groups of
blocks in other projects

E
Import DIGSI 4 charts

I
Offline tracing and analysis of
function charts using Test

S
Sequences

09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Version: D_01_Page 41 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
Setting the parameters of the device

A
Simple and consistent editing
of settings

S
Display a settings group for
comparison and see differ-
ences – sync the settings if

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
you like

E
Easily find and change
inconsistent settings
Change settings online

M
without device reset

E
Visual display of tripping

I
characteristics and zones

S
Version: D_01_Page 42
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI 5 test suite for commissioning support

A
Integrated Test Suite adopted to
commissioning workflow
Start with test of physical connections

S
Test communication and analyze
communication channels through
detailed diagnostic views

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Functional testing
Stimulate inputs for testing

E
Use external test equipment
Create test sequences and replay them
in the device without the need of
expensive external equipment

M
Always keep track of your process data and
indications and store important snapshots for
later analysis in your offline parameterization

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 43
09 DIGSI 5 - Overview
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Training Objective

What you will learn…


How the control function is designed in SIPROTEC 5

A G
S
To understand the basic principles for user defined functions
Where the differences are compared to SIPROTEC 4

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
How to use DIGSI 5 for these purposes
How the SIPROTEC 5 devices work in a Substation Automation

E
Environment

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 2
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function
Description of Details

E
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 3
E 11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Introduction

A G
S
Device architecture is based on IEC 61850 model
IEC 61850 is „the“ substation automation protocol

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Goals:

E
Full integration of protection and substation automation
Full support of IEC 61850 edition 2

M
Satisfy customers with high level IEC 61850 requirements
(„flexible engineering“)

I E
Less engineering effort for standard engineering tasks
Do not bother customers with IEC 61850 details if they don´t need it

S
Version: D_01_Page 4
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 5
E 11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of control function

A G
Parameter: (settings)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Output time
Chatter blocking Parameter:

E
Interlocking Conditions
(engineered in CFC)

I E M
S
Evaluation of:
Parameter (settings): Switching authority (local/remote)
Command type, Switching mode (interlocked/uninterlocked)
SW-Filter time, Interlocking conditions
Feedback monitoring time, Double operation blocking
SBO timeout Blocking by protection
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 7
E 11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Representation of Control Structure in DIGSI 5

G
Example 1: Circuit Breaker

A
Representation of CB in routing matrix

S XCBR

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N CSWI

E M
CILO

S I
New: Circuit Breaker includes protection function blocks

Version: D_01_Page 8
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Representation of Control Structure in DIGSI 5

G
Example 2: Disconnector

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
CSWI

M E CILO

E
XSWI

S I
Version: D_01_Page 9
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Engineering – Basic Definitions

Function Blocks
Signals
Settings
Properties

A G
S
Function
Group

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Function
Block

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 10
Signal

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Representation of Control Structur in DIGSI 5

G
Details of Circuit Breaker (1/2)

S A
Possibility for external aquisition
blocking („Knebelschalter“)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Physical position as connected to

E
binary inputs and outputs of device
For use in interlocking conditions

M
Control Command for CB

E
Select logging options (for example

I
event log)
For transmission to system interface

S
Use these signals for outputs of
interlocking CFC plans

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Details of Circuit Breaker (2/2)

G
Position

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Connect to binary inputs

M
Use this information in interlocking
CFC plans or to connect to LEDs

I E
Connect to binary inputs

S
Version: D_01_Page 12
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Single Line and Topology View

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Topology tree is
read-only in step 1

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 14
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Main Differences to SIPROTEC 4

A G
S
„Automatic“ GOOSE configuration
Protection and Control use the same Circuit Breaker model

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Single Line Editor for system view
Topology Tree (read-only in first release)

E
Supports IEC61850 Edition 2
More details of IEC 61850 usable

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 15
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
(Presentation with DIGSI 5)

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 16
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Signal Types (1/2)

G
What do I have to do if I need a….

A
SIPROTEC 4 Information Catalog SIPROTEC 5 Library

Information type SPS (Single Point Status)


Protocol text or „transient indication“ (Wischermeldung) is a

S
setting
No differentiation external / internal signal

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Not necessary any longer

E
Circuit breaker or disconnect switch „status only“

SPS (if source = BI or CFC), SPC (if source =

M
Communication)
Binary Counter Reading BCR

I E
Not necessary any longer

S
SPS (if source = BI or CFC), SPC (if source =
Communication)

Function Group / Block „Transformer Tap Changer“

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Signal Types (2/2)

SIPROTEC 4 Information Catalog SIPROTEC 5 Library

A G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Circuit breaker or disconnector switch „status only“

M E
Circuit breaker or disconnector switch

I E
Measured Value (result of CFC / GOOSE-Communication)

S
Contained in every function group „line“ (Wp+, Wq+, Wp-,
Wq-)metered value
Pulse

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Grouping of signals in

G
„User Defined Function Group“ (1/2)

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
User defined Function block for
grouping of information

E
Command with Single Feedback

Routing of single feedback to

M
binary input

I E
Command with Double Feedback

S
Routing of double feedback to
binary inputs

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 19 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Grouping of signals in

G
„User Defined Function Group“ (2/2)

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Routing of command output to relays

E
Same options for both types!
Off: Set relay when command is „off“
On: Set relay when command is „on“
Cc: Common contact; set relay when

M
command is „off“ or „on“
BF: Busy Flag; set relay when
command is „off“ or „on“, starting

E
with „select“ and ending with end

I
of feedback monitoring time

S
All routings are allowed to be
multiple.

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 20 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Introduction

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Structure of Control Function

E
Description of Details
Differences to SIPROTEC 4
User defined signals

M
Presentation with DIGSI 5

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 21
11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
What will be shown in DIGSI 5?

Select Single Line Template

A G
S
Create circuit breaker and disconnect switch objects in the device
Connect switches and CTs / VTs in Single Line to device objects

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Engineering of breaker and disconnect switch:
Connect to BI / BO

E
Create interlocking logic in CFC
Route position information to event log
Create Display Page from Single Line Editor picture

I E M
Use GOOSE messages for interlocking
Show complete settings and properties of switches (for example chatter
blocking, filter times)

S
Create new single point / double point indications

11 DIGSI 5 - Control Functions


Version: D_01_Page 22 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course

S
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S
Order Configurator

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
DIGSI Handling

M E
S I
Version: D_02_Page 2
E 13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Select SIPROTEC 5

Version: D_02_Page 3
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Press Configure

Version: D_02_Page 4
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Select Function extension

13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points


Version: D_02_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Fill in the device type, serial number, function point class and additional changes. Then select
the required mode of dispatch.

13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points


Version: D_02_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
Order Configurator

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
After ordering this configuration you will get a file called *.daf.

Version: D_02_Page 7
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Order Configurator

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
DIGSI Handling

M E
S I
Version: D_02_Page 8
E 13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
DIGSI 5 – How to load the file (.daf) into the device

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Online help: Loading device functionality into
the SIPROTEC 5 device
The *.daf file is load into the device via DIGSI 5

13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points


Version: D_02_Page 9 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
SIPROTEC 5

G
DIGSI 5 – How to load the file (.daf) into the device

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 10
13 DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
Introduction

Do you want to become a


certified expert?

S A
Learn more about our
Siemens Power Academy
Curriculum concept

E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 1 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
A sustainable Competence Development Program

Efficiently gaining knowledge


What does the “Curriculum” consist of?

S A
N
■ Training program of several courses on one Expert
specific topic for a systematic competence

E
devolpment
■ The possibility to apply & be certified
in 3 different qualification levels

M
Advanced
Associate – Advanced – Expert

E
■ Per Qualification Level: series of

I
aligned courses and associated e-tests
■ Certificate is valid for 5 years Associate

S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 2 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
Curricula consist of 3 qualification levels

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
Benefits of Competence Development Program

Benefit for employers

Employers meet the

S
Participants can certify A
Benefit for participants Benefit for the industry

Recruiters can aim at

N
requirements of ISO 9001 their skills and know- certified applicants to
as employees obtain ledge to enhance their ensure adequate

E
specialist knowledge and professional market capabilities of future
skills through certification. value at home and employees.

M
abroad.

S I E
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 4 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Siemens Power Academy TD – Curricula
How to obtain certification

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Substation Automation Systems –
SICAM PAS Substation Automation

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC Protection –
Planning Power Generation and Industry

S A
E N
I E M
S
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
F00_Page 7 Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Please contact us

Power Academy TD

S
Humboldtstrasse 50
90459 Nuremberg A
N
Phone: +49-911-433-7415
Fax: +49-911-433-5482

E
E-mail: poweracademy.ic-sg@siemens.com

Download areas:

M
SICAM www.sicam.de
SIPROTEC www.siprotec.com

E
Power Quality www.powerquality.de

I
Energy Customer Service:

S
in case of required technical support
www.siemens.com/energy-support
Hotline: +49-180-524-7000

Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.


F00_Page 8 Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

M
Working online

E
Transmit configuration

I
Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 2
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Network configuration

G
Set the IP address

A
Open the editor by
double clicking on

S
“Devices and networks”
in the project tree

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The back view of the
devices with all interfaces

E
is visible in the “Device
view”
After selecting the

M
interface in the device
view, the IP address

E
can be set

S I
Version: D_01_Page 3
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Network configuration

G
Network topology

A
The devices can be
added to one or more

S
subnets in the “Network
view”

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Click on the correct
interface and add a

E
subnet
The interfaces of the
other devices can then
be connected to the

M
same subnet

S I
Version: D_01_Page 4
E 12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

M
Transmit configuration

S I
Version: D_01_Page 5
E Load the firmware

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Initialize the device

G
Why do we have to initialize?

S A
The device has to be
initialized via the USB
interface, if you want to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
download parameters
into the device for the

E
first time
The online device
receives its IP address

M
The offline configuration
in the project receives

E
the serial number (BM

I
number) of the
SIPROTEC relay

S
Version: D_01_Page 6
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

M
Working online

E
Transmit configuration

I
Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Two ways to connect

ORA
OR
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
direct connection from Plug & Play
offline parameter set

M
Try to reach a device Find all devices in

E
through USB or the subnet

I
Ethernet using given
communication

S
settings

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 8 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Direct connection – Select the IP address

S A
If the device has been
initialized already, you
can connect directly to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
the device
Select the IP address

E
that shall be used to
connect to the device

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 9
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Direct connection

S A
Direct connection to a
SIPROTEC device from
the offline configuration
Right-click on the device
and select “Connect to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
device”
A warning will appear, if

E
the serial number of the
online device and the
offline configuration
differs
If the device is not

M
already available in the
Lifelist (Online access),

E
it will appear under
“Other accessible

I
devices”

S
Version: D_01_Page 10
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Lifelist

S A
The lifelist contains all
available online devices
See directly through
which interface the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
devices are connected

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 11
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Find the devices

S A
If the project does not
already contain the
device, DIGSI 5 can

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
search it for you
Select the network

E
interface that is
connected to the device
and click on „Update

M
accessible devices“
All online devices within

E
the local network will

I
appear in the lifelist

S
Version: D_01_Page 12
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Retrieve device data

S A
Retrieve the device data in
two steps:
1) Basic device information
also suitable for slow
connections

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
2) Complete process data
Logs
Records

E
Expert
configuration

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 13
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Copy a device to the project

S A
A connected device can
directly be copied to a
project

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Get the device data on
site without having the

E
original project
The online device can
be copied to the project

M
even if the configuration
already exists

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 14
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Update an existing offline configuration

S A
An existing offline
configuration can be
updated with the
configuration of the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
online device
Always keep your
project up-to-date

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 15
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Establish a connection

G
Plug & Play – Create an empty offline configuration

S A
An empty offline
configuration can be
added to the project
The new configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
has the same order
code as the online
device

E
The application
template can be chosen
independently of the

M
original online device

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 16
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Exercise

1. Set the IP-address of the interface J

A G
S
2. Initialize the device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
3. Connect to the device

4. Retrieve the process data

I E M 5. Add an online device to your project through


plug & play

S
Version: D_01_Page 17
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

I E M Transmit configuration

Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 18
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Process data

S A
Receive the process
data directly from your
offline configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The connection to the
online device will be

E
initiated directly
After the process data
has been downloaded,

M
the connection will be
disconnected

E
automatically

S I
Version: D_01_Page 19
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Process data

S A
Get the complete
process data at once
OR

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Download individual
process data:

E
Logs
Records
Indication snapshots
Measurement

M
snapshots

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 20
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Online connection

S A
An online connection is
identified by:
• orange bar

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
• “magic eye“
• connection icon

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 21
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Online Device

S A
Device information
Logs
Records

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Indications
Measurements

E
Test Suite
Safety & Security
Expert Configuration

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 22
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Device Information

S A
General device
information:
Name
Relay type (e.g. 7SL87)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Serial number
Configuration version
Product code

E
The device mode can be
changed:
Commissioning

M
Process
Simulation

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 23
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Device Information – Time Information

S A
Information regarding
time synchronization
Device time can be set

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
manually

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 24
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Device Information – Hardware Information

S A
General hardware
information

Information of each

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
hardware module

Information of each

E
communication module

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 25
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Logs

S A
Operational log
Fault log
Setting-history log

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
2 User-defined logs

E
All log entries can be
deleted

M
Logs can be saved to a

E
file (e.g. csv)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 26
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Logs

S A
Set the time reference
Sort the log entries
according to:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Time
Name

E
Value
Number
Quality

M

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 27
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Records

S A
Find all fault records

Export the fault records

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Save an overview of the

E
fault records to a file

Create test fault

M
records

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 28
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Indications

S A
Indications are updated
continuously

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Indications can be
saved as snapshots in

E
the offline configuration.

Indications can be

M
cleared

E
Save indications to a

I
file

S
Version: D_01_Page 29
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Measurement Values

S A
Measurement values of
each function group
e.g. - Line
- Circuit Breaker

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Operational values
Fundamentals

E
Symmetrical components
Min/Max values
Energy values
Statistics
User-defined values

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 30
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Measurement Values

S A
Measurement
Snapshots are saved in
the offline configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Change between
primary, secondary and

E
percentage values
Save snapshots to a file
(e.g. csv)

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 31
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Test Suite

S A
Verify the wiring
Diagnostic tools for the
communication module
Monitoring of analog

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
inputs
Test the control
functions

E
Test the circuit breaker
Check the correct
behavior of the

M
protection functions
Test your
communication

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 32
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Safety & Security

S A
Safety
Confirmation IDs for
different safety-relevant
device operations

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Security
Password for a secure

E
DIGSI connection
(NERC compliant)
Passwords and
confirmation IDs can be

M
changed individually for
each device

E
Passwords and

I
confirmation IDs can be
reset

S
Version: D_01_Page 33
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Expert Configuration

S A
Information routing
Communication
mapping

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Settings
FGs (e.g.

E
Line 1)
Power
System
Recording

M
Device settings
Time settings

E
Function charts (CFC)

S I
Version: D_01_Page 34
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Expert Configuration - Change settings

S A
Choose the setting
group you want to
change
Click on “Edit Settings”

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Change the settings

E
Load the changes to
the device or discard
them

M
Settings of two different
setting groups can be

E
compared

S I
Version: D_01_Page 35
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Expert Configuration - Change settings

S A
Change the settings
in the matrix

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Load the changes to
the device or discard

E
them

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 36
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working online

G
Upgrade device functionality

S A
Additional
functionality can be
ordered subsequently

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Add more function
points to the device
Add significant

E
features (e.g.
additional ends for a
7SD)

M
You will receive a

E
daf-file that contains

I
the changes
This daf-file can be

S
imported into the
online device

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 37 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working online

G
Disconnect

S A
To disconnect, right-
click on the online
device and select

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
“Disconnect device”

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 38
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Exercise

A G
S
1. Check the measurement values and save

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
a „snapshot“

E
2. Check the log files

M
3. Change the settings in your online device

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 39
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

I E M Transmit configuration

Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 40
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Load configuration

G
Load configuration to device(s)

S A
Load the settings into
one device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Load the settings into
numerous devices:

E
All available devices
will be listed

M
If a device is not
available, DIGSI will

E
skip this one and will

I
continue with the
next

S
one

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 41 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Load configuration

G
Load configuration to device(s)

S A
Select the device(s)

Load the configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 42
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Content

Content

A G
S
Network configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Initialize the device

E
Establish a connection

Working online

E M
Transmit configuration

I
Load the firmware

S
Version: D_01_Page 43
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Load the firmware

G
Load the complete firmware

S A
Load the firmware into
numerous devices:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
All available devices
will be listed

E
If a device is not
available, DIGSI will
skip this one and will

M
continue with the
next

E
one

S I
Version: D_01_Page 44
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Load the firmware

G
Load the complete firmware

S A
Choose which relay(s)
you want to update
Set the firmware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
version
Load the firmware

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 45
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Load the firmware

G
Expert view

S A
It is not necessary to
load the complete
firmware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Particular parts of the

N
firmware can be
selected:

E
Mainboard firmware
Boot system of a
communication

M
interface

E
Mark the project and

I
click on „Online“ ->
„Expert view“

S
Select the required
parts and load the
firmware

12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device


Version: D_01_Page 46 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Exercise

A
1. Transmit the changed configuration into one
device G
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
2. Load the complete firmware into two different
devices

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 47
12 DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Learning Target

You will learn…


Learn how to configure a SIPROTEC 5 device

A G
S
Learn how to work with the editors needed for configuration
Get familiar with the workflow of the editors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 2
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing DIGSI 5

A
There is one installation routine for all
DIGSI 5 editions and languages
The functionality available does not depend on

S
what you install
But it depends on the license key you specify later

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
M
Upgrading to a more feature-rich DIGSI 5 edition just means
providing a new license key

S I
Version: D_02_Page 4
E 10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing DIGSI 5

A
Run setup.exe from the DIGSI 5 setup

S
You can choose the language of the installation

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Setup installs all available languages of DIGSI 5

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing DIGSI 5

A
Choose location where to install DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 6
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Three ways of starting DIGSI 5

OR OR
S A
OR

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Choose in Start menu: (Double) Click on (Double) Click on a

E
DIGSI 5.exe: DIGSI 5 project:

Siemens Energy

M
DIGSI 5 V1.00
DIGSI 5 V1.00

E
DIGSI 5.exe Myproject.d5v1

S I
Version: D_02_Page 7
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Starting DIGSI 5...

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 8
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing your license(s)

S A
After starting DIGSI
5 you have the
choice

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Run DIGSI 5 as
Compact edition

E
Install a license
for DIGSI 5

M
Standard or
Premium

E
Start DIGSI 5 in

I
Trial mode

S
Version: D_02_Page 9
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Installing your license(s) using license manager

A
Install license(s)

S
From USB-stick
From other computers

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
You can store multiple

E
licenses on your computer
and
Move them to other

M
machines on the

E
network

I
Let other machines
grab them from that

S
machine

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
DIGSI Device Drivers

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
DIGSI 5 device drivers and firmware updates are all packaged

M
in so called

I E
„DIGSI device drivers (DDD)“

S
Container for transport of all loadable components to the user.

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Excursion

G
How to read DDD names

A
Example:
7SA85 FW-V01.02 CFG-V01.01 DDD-V01.00

S
Device type Firmware Configuration DDD version

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
version version (continuous counter incr.
when FW or CFG changes)

E
Definition of version:

Vvv.xy

Major Release

I
Minor Release

E M
S
Maintenance Release

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 12 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Importing device drivers

A
Import the device drivers you need: Tools Import device drivers

S
1SIEM 2
Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
E N
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
How to handle DIGSI 5

G
Create or open a project

A
Create project using:

S
File New

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Or open an existing one
File Open

E
Or choose one of the
previously opened projects

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 14
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Three ways of creating single-lines

OR OR OR
S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Import from file: Use templates from Build it yourself using

E
library: The symbol library:

ELCAD files

M
From Topologies
TEAX

E
SCD, SSD

S I
Version: D_02_Page 16
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines

G
Switching between standards

IEC

S
ANSI

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


akV bV
OR
E N akV bV
?
M
3 3 3 3

E
Choose Options Settings and select the “DIGSI” page to toggle standard

I
The standard can be even changed on existing single-line diagrams

S
Select standard before creating display pages from single lines

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Example 1: Create using templates from library

A
Start single-line editor with

S
double click on „Single-line
configuration“ in project
tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Drag and drop template

E
from library to editor

I E M Drag template

S
From library

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Example 1: Create using templates from library

A
Drag and drop template

S
from library to editor
To extend busbar with new

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


bays, drop templates over

N
existing busbars

M E
Drag template
From library

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 19
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Example 1: Create using templates from library

A
Drag and drop template

S
from library to editor
To extend busbar with new

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


bays, drop templates over

N
existing busbars

M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 21
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Example 2: Create using symbols from library

S A
Drag and drop elements
from library to editor
Elements get automatically

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


connected if dropped close

N
to bottom of other element

E
Rename elements

M
Drag element
From library

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 23
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Example 2: Create using symbols from library

A
Bays are created

S
automatically
When dropping in existing

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


bay it gets extended,

N
otherwise a new bay is

E
created
Manually connect
elements by selecting one

M
connection point and
dragging to other

E
Drag element

I
From library

S
Version: D_02_Page 24
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Set basic primary equipment data

A
Select primary equipment

S
like voltage and current
transformers in SLE

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Set their basic settings

N
(e.g. ratios) in their

E
properties
After you added and
connected a device you

M
can take over those
settings to all connected

E
device (more details

I
coming in some slides)

S
Version: D_02_Page 26
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adding devices to the project

G
Add new device

OR
Create device by product code:

S
OR
A
Use Devices & Networks editor:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Choose Add new device in

N
Choose device in library
project tree Drag and drop Application

E
Specify short or long product template from library to editor
code
Choose Application template

M
that fits best

I E
In Devices & Networks editor (device view)
Add front panels

S
Add communication modules

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 28 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adding devices to the project

G
Add new device using product code

A
Add new device by clicking
„Add new device“ in project
tree.

S
Copy product code (long or
short) from the order

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
configurator or device label
If short product code is not

E
recognized DIGSI 5 tries to
update list of short product
codes from the internet

M
Significant features of your

E
device are displays

I
Select application template
that fits best your needs

S
(you can later add and
remove functionality as
needed)

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 29 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

BB 1 connection between FGs and FG <-> MP,


configurable via DIGSI

A G
S
Interface of FG
„movable“ functions
SI= serial interface, PDC=protection data com.
7SL86: AT „Basic“

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
U4
QAmm
I1 FG Line FG CB

E
T1.1 I2 MP
I - 3 ph 51 51 N 50
U -3 ph S 1
I3 CT-3ph 1 U-1 ph S 1
U-3 ph S 2
T1.2 I4
I - PTstar 78 U-1 ph S 2

M
U1 I - 3 ph
MP U - 3 ph 21
T5 U2 VT-3ph 1
U3 IF IF

E
SOTF
FL

I
to
I - parl
87 BI CB QA
Ctrl CB

S
FG PDI BO
SI PDI PDI PDI Int . lk

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 30 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

G
Preparation phase (not needed for application templates)

A
Connect the physical current and voltage terminals with the
logical measuring points in the Measuring-point routing

S
editor.
BB 1 connection between FGs and FG <-> MP,
configurable via DIGSI
Interface of FG

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
„movable“ functions
SI= serial interface, PDC=protection data com.
7SL86: AT „Basic“
U4
QAmm

E
I1 FG Line FG CB
T1.1 I2 MP
I - 3 ph 51 51 N 50
U-3 ph S 1
I3 CT-3ph 1 U-1 ph S 1
U-3 ph S 2
T1.2 I4
I - PTstar 78 U-1 ph S 2

U1 I- 3 ph
MP U - 3 ph 21
T5 U2 VT-3ph 1

M
U3 IF IF
SOTF FL

to
I - parl
CB QA

E
87 BI
Ctrl CB
FG PDI BO

I
SI PDI PDI PDI Int . lk

Connect measuring-points to function groups and

S
functions groups underneath each other in the
Function-group connections editor.

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 31 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

G
Preparation phase (not needed for application templates)

A
You can connect measuring points to function
groups in two ways

S
In function-group connections editor
In Single-line configuration editor

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 32
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines

G
Define the functionality of the device

A
To add functionality drag
function groups, functions

S
and function blocks from
library to device in SLE
(or to project tree)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Or copy existing

E
(parameterized) elements
and paste them
Rename elements

M
Drag FG, FN, FB
from library Select elements and delete
them if not needed

E
(context menu)

I
Tips:

S
Change setting in
properties of elements
Add comments

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 34 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Structure of an Protection Application

G
Primary equipment connections

Connect the primary equipment with measuring points in

S
the Single-line configuration editor
A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
BB 1 connection between FGs and FG <-> MP,
configurable via DIGSI

E
Interface of FG
„movable“ functions
SI= serial interface, PDC=protection data com.
7SL86: AT „Basic“
U4
QAmm
I1 FG Line FG CB

M
T1.1 I2 MP
I - 3 ph 51 51 N 50
U-3 ph S 1
I3 CT-3ph 1 U-1 ph S 1
U-3 ph S 2
T1.2 I4
I - PTstar 78 U-1 ph S 2

E
U1 I- 3 ph
MP U - 3 ph 21
T5 U2 VT-3ph 1
IF

I
U3 IF
SOTF FL

to
I - parl
87 BI CB QA

S
Ctrl CB
FG PDI BO
SI PDI PDI PDI Int . lk

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 35 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Connect device and primary equipment

A
Connect voltage and

S
current transformers to
function groups in devices

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Connect Trip signal of

N
switching groups to

E
switching equipment in
bay, e.g. to visually
indicate which CB is
operated

M
Manually shift connections

E
if the automatic layout is

I
not sufficient

S
Version: D_02_Page 36
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Working with Single-Lines (IEC)

G
Synchronize primary settings with device

A
If you have specified the

S
primary equipment settings
before, then you want to
synchronize them now with

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
the connected devices
Select a device to synchronize

E
Hit “Synchronize” button to
update device settings with
the settings of the primary

M
equipment.
This is a manual process to

E
avoid accidental overriding of

I
settings.
Therefore inconsistencies will

S
be shown by a red border of
the bay if one side changes

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 38 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Working with Single-Lines

G
Using the topology view

A
Switch to Topology tree

S
view using the tab selector
See and check the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


connections between

N
function groups and

E
primary equipment
Change names for primary
equipment, also für sub

M
station and voltage level
Add and review comments

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 40
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 41 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Add devices in network view

A
Start Devices & Networks

S
editor with double click on
„Devices & Networks“ in
project tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
You can also directly open

E
the Device view by double
clicking on „Hardware &
Protocols“ under a device

M
You need the Hardware
catalog to add devices and

E
hardware extensions

S I
Version: D_02_Page 42
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Add devices in network view

A
You need the Hardware

S
catalog to add devices and
hardware extensions

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Drag and drop devices

N
from Hardware catalog to

E
editor
Select appropriate
application template

M
in the automatically
shown dialog

E
Drag device
from Hardware

I
catalog

S
Version: D_02_Page 43
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware of device

A
Switch to Device view

S
by either double
clicking on a device in

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Network view

N
Or by changing the

E
view selector to
„Device view“ and
selecting a device in

M
the toolbar

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 44
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware of device

A
Selecting elements in the

S
Hardware catalog shows
details in the window in the
lower right-hand corner

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 45
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware in Device view

A
Add/Modify

S
Current terminals
Communication

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
modules
Front panels

E
To do so
Double click on
hardware extension

M
Drag elements
from Hardware places them in first
catalog

E
available slot

I
Drag & Drop elements
from Hardware catalog

S
to empty slot

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 46 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Modify hardware and specify settings in Device view

A
By selecting a hardware
element (terminal block,

S
communication
module/port, front panel…
you can specify settings

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Select module and specify

E
settings and labels for
binary IO
Select terminal block and

M
specify meaningful labels
Select front panel and

E
specify meaningful labels

I
for LEDs and F-Keys

S
Select communication port
to specify protocols and
protocol settings

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 47 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Specify communication settings

A
Select the communication

S
port you want to set up
E.g. for Ethernet modules,

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


set the properties on page

N
“Ethernet addresses”:

E
IP adress
Subnet connection
Create new subnet

M

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 48
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Specify communication protocol

A
Select the communication

S
port you want to set up
E.g. for Ethernet modules,

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


set the protocols supported

N
channel by channel on

E
page “Channel x settings”:
Network protocols
Communication

M
protocols
Settings of the

E
protocols on subpages

S I
Version: D_02_Page 49
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring devices

G
Add devices to subnets visually

A
As mentioned: In the
properties of each

S
communication port one
can set the subnet the
device is connected to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
But: You can also do it

E
visually
by connecting the ports
to an existing network

M
By connection ports of
multiple devices to

E
create a new subnet

I
Specify a meaningful

S
subnet name
See properties of subnet
for a bandwidth estimation.

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 50 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Device information – “the business card of the device”

A
Bild von DI -> Erste seite
Basic information about the

S
device
Type
Serial number of

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
connected online device
Possibility to upgrade device

E
parameter set
If your device has several
Ethernet interfaces you need

M
to specify which one is used
for connecting with DIGSI 5.

E
(see DIGSI 5: Details -

I
Prepare and establish
connection to the device(s)

S
Select language of the device
display

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 51 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Configuring devices

G
Device information - Resource consumption

A
Overview over vital
resources used in the

S
device
Processor load: If too
many elements are

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
added that can’t be
handled by the device

E
a list of categories
helps reducing load

M
Used and available
function points

E
Used CFC ticks and

I
critical block types
Use “Refresh” button to

S
update display when
keeping editor open

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 52 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 55 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Navigate to settings and extend functionality

A
Open Settings editor by

S
selecting a function in
project tree and double
click on that

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Navigate through functions

E
using toolbar buttons

You can easily add function

M
blocks of same type using
buttons

E
Delete stages using

I
buttons if they are not fixed
part of the default

S
configuration

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 56 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Change settings

A
Select setting group for
change
Available, if multiple

S
setting groups exist
Change settings

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Invalid settings are
displayed with red

E
background
Check tooltips for valid
ranges

M
Use arrows beneath

E
input field to change

I
value to next valid one
Some settings don‘t belong

S
to all setting groups. They
are indicated by icon

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 57 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Identify settings by unique number

A
Turn unique setting

S
numbers on e.g. to easier
communication with
colleagues

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 58
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adjust Settings

G
Compare setting groups

A
To compare two settings

S
group just select the
comparison group

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Compare values

N
Differences are

E
indicated by icon

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 59
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adjust Settings

G
Synchronize setting groups

A
Select a function block by

S
clicking into gray area
Choose „Synchronize“

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
This copies setting values
of the function block from

E
the comparison group to
setting group for change

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 60
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Adjust Settings

G
Check diagrams that visualize settings

A
Many setting groups
contain graphical
representation of stages

S
and tripping characteristics
Diagram automatically

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
adjusts to setting changes

E
Select stages to be shown
in key of diagram
Zoom in and out

M
Use mouse cursor in the
diagram to get the values

E
at certain points

I
Save picture of diagram or
copy to clipboard for usage

S
in documentation tools
Print directly from editor

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 61 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Setting group handling

A
Open Settings > Device
Settings in project tree

S
Or directly jump from
settings editor using the
toolbar buttons:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N Change number of setting
groups
Copy settings of a setting

M
group to another one
Change active setting

E
group

I
Choose setting group

S
Choose selection
criterion
Change edit mode

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 62 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Adjust Settings

G
Change settings wherever you see function blocks

A
You can also change

S
settings wherever you see
functions

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E.g. in Single-line

N
configuration

E
Select function block
Open Properties area

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 63
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 64 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Different tasks – different editors

A
DIGSI 4
„Masking I/O“
(Configuration

S
matrix)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Information routing Communication mapping
All routings (except to protocols) All mappings to protocols

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 65 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Information routing Editor

A
Open Information
routing Editor by double

S
clicking on „Information
routing“ in project tree

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Editor is best viewed in
“Maximize mode”

E
Rows display signals
and cols possible

M
routing sources and
destinations.

E
Stars indicate that

I
collapsed rows contain

S
data
Right click on cell to
show possible values

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 66 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Short and long display mode

S A
Double clicking on a
column header toggles
between short and long

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
column mode
Choose per column

E
what column mode to
use

M
Use toolbar buttons to
toggle all columns

E
Short display mode

I
group e.g. all BIs

S
Long: “U”
Short: “U3, L5”

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 67 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Manage information overload

A
Showing everything means

S
a lot to read
Use scenario based filters

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


by selecting appropriate

N
view in drop down list in

E
toolbar
Use column filters to
restrict displayed infor-

M
mation
Show only signals

E
containing “Pickup”

I
Show only signals
routed to LED 1

S
Show only signals
routed to any BI

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 68 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Excursion

G
Filtering in grids

A
Filter column by selecting an existing Choose (Custom) for complex filters:
value: (does not) equal

S
(does not) begin/end with
(does not) contain

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
Remove all filters at once

S This filtering functionalities are available in all grids

Version: D_02_Page 69
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Route information

G
Adding new signals and other functionality

S A
Drag & drop from
Libraries to hierarchy in
Information routing

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
FG, FN, FB
User-defined

E
function block
New signals in

M
function blocks

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 70
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Rename “everything”

S A
Rename all FG,FN,FB
as well as signals
Regardless if system- or

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
user defined ones
Rename in tree

E
Or rename in properties
Here you see also

M
the original name

E
Elements used in

I
IEC 61850 have an
additional name and

S
path

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 72 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Comment “everything”

S A
Inspection remarks
What needs to be done
When to review or

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
inspect next time

E
Not only in Information
routing but in all editors
and for all elements:

M
Add comments to
each element in

E
Properties tab >

I
User Information

S
Those comments are
saved and exported
to TEAX

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 73 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Route information

G
Change settings quickly

S A
Select function blocks
(like stages)
Settings are displayed

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
in properties page
“Settings”

E
Only for active setting
group and selected edit

M
mode (prim, sec. %)
Change in device

E
information

S I
Version: D_02_Page 74
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Route information

G
Change hardware settings of I/O in Information routing

A
Select columns of LEDs,

S
BI, BO, K-Keys
Change settings like

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


color, user label … in

N
properties page

E
“Settings”
Only works in long
column mode

M
Observe tooltip of BIs,
BOs, LEDs…

E
They contain location

I
information

S
User defined labels
(check excursion)

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 75 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Excursion

G
User labels makes it easy to find the right things

A
In Hardware & Protocols editor: Select housing
Specify user labels for

S
LEDs
Function keys

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Binary inputs

N
Binary outputs

E
Current and
voltage terminals
Also available are other

M
hardware related settings
LED color

E
Threshold of BIs

S I
All editors working with those elements display user comments

Version: D_02_Page 76
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Route information

G
Reuse

Copy and paste

A
Function groups, functions, function blocks, signals
Selected areas in grid to other place in grid

S
Selected columns in grid to other columns
Selected rows, full grid or selected areas of grid to Excel

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 77
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust settings
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts

S
Create Display pictures
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 78 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Create a function chart

A
Add new chart by double

S
clicking on „Add new chart“
underneath „Function
charts“ in project tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 79
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Create a function chart

A
Select a name for the chart

S
Select the CFC task
A detailed explanation

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
helps you to select the
right task.

M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 80
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Overcoming the great void of charts

A
CFC charts are compatible

S
to IEC 61131
Conversion between

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


simple data types happen

N
automatically

E
This simplifies charts a
lot

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 81
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Add content to your function chart

OR ORA
S

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Reuse charts or blocks: Build it yourself using the block

E
library:
Import charts from DIGSI 4
Copy charts from other

M
devices and projects in DIGSI 5
Copy blocks (rubberband-

E
selection with mouse) and

I
paste (keeps connections)

S
Version: D_02_Page 82
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Manually add and connect function blocks

A
Select an element in library

S
Drag element from library
to editor

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Connect blocks by clicking
on port and drag to other

E
port
Add constants by selecting
input and typing value

M
Copy blocks (rubberband-
selection with mouse) and

E
Drag element
paste

I
From library
includes connections

S
Version: D_02_Page 83
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Connect with signals

A
Choose signal in Signals

S
task card
Drag signal from library to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


inputs / outputs

N
Use the filters of Signal

E
task card to filter for your
wanted data type („show
me only measured values

M
(MV)“)
Drag signal to input or output Choose if you want to see

E
signals as well-known

I
margins or „flags“

S
Version: D_02_Page 84
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Extendable blocks

A
Some blocks show a green

S
triangle on bottom
Those can be extended by

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


the number of inputs

N
Open properties of the

E
block
Choose page “I/Os”
Enable display of

M
additional inputs

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 85
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Control flow

S A
Get a good overview over
all connections between
blocks

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Change static values of the
inputs easily

E
Add new blocks here as
well
Connect inputs by with

M
signals from the Signal
task card via drag & drop

I E
See tracing values while
CFC Tracing and Watching

S
is activated in a table form

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 88 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extensibility by function charts (CFC)

G
Resource consumption of function charts

A
Open Device information

S
by double clicking on
„Device information“ in
project tree.

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Select tab „Resource

E
consumption“
Validate resource
consumption of function

M
charts
When a limit is exceeded

E
then an inconsistency

I
warning indicates that
Hit refresh when keeping

S
editor open and updated
list shall be provided

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 89 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust parameters
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 90 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Three ways of creating pages

OR OR SOR A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Create from singe-line: Use existing ones: Build it yourself using

E
the symbol library:

Select bay or Import from file

M
device and create Use the ones in
displays application templ.

E
Copy elements and Copy from other

I
paste in displays device

S
Version: D_02_Page 91
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
The manual approach

A
Choose desired symbol
standard (ANSI or IEC) at

S
Options Set Standard
Select an element in library

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Drag element from library
to editor

E
Draw lines between
elements by clicking on
port and drag to other port

M
Add texts with text tool in

E
Drag element
toolbar

I
From library
Add measured values or
dynamic texts with tool in

S
toolbar
Rotate elements as
needed

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 92 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Display page properties

A
Reorder pages by

S
drag&drop in project tree
order shown in DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


will same as in device

N
Select default page in

E
properties
Change name in headline,
properties or project tree

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 93
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Connect with signals

A
Elements with (no) signals

S
assigned are indicated in
different colors

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Choose signal in Signals

N
task card

E
Drag signal from library to
symbols or measured
value fields

M
Use the filters of Signal
Drag signal to input or output task card to filter for your

E
wanted data type („show

I
me only measured values
(MV)“)

S
Version: D_02_Page 94
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Connect with signals

A
If you have IEC 61850

S
enabled you can drag
signals of other devices in
the same subnet from

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
library to symbols or
measured value fields

E
GOOSE connections are
created automatically

M
Drag single or double point
Drag signal to input or output indications or measured

E
values on an empty place

I
in display to create
dynamic text fields

S
automatically

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 95 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Default controllable symbol

A
All display pages are

S
control pages
Select default element in

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


properties of symbol

N
Will be selected by

E
default if hitting control
key on device

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 96
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Create custom symbol

A
Create new symbol using

S
tool from toolbar

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 97
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Symbol editor: Create new symbol

A
Choose width and height
Choose static or dynamic

S
symbol
Select default state

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Add or move red bullets
who indicate ports for

E
connections
Draw symbol using the
provided drawing tools

M
Closed shapes can be
filled

I E
Move or resize parts using
the mouse cursor tool

S
Hit OK on bottom to take
over symbol to display

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 98 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Create display pages

G
Symbol editor: Reuse symbols

A
Drag & Drop symbol from

S
library to that as starting
point

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Symbol in library is not

N
changed

E
Select parts or full symbol
in one state and copy to
other states

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 99
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Create display pages

G
Fault display editor

A
Specify information

S
displayed on device
display in case of faults

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Choose for each line what

N
information to display

E
Select the circuit breaker
to show the fault displays
for

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 100
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Content

S
Content

A
How to handle DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Working with Single Lines

E
Adding devices to the project
Configuring devices

M
Adjust parameters
Route information

I E
Extensibility by function charts
Create Display pages

S
Configure the communication

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extend device functionality

G
Measuring-point routing

A
All measuring points

S
coming by application
templates are ready for
use

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Add new measuring points

E
(1 or 3 phase)
Added measuring points
need to be connected to

M
physical terminals

E
Select which measuring

I
point inputs to which
function group

S
Connect interfaces
between function groups

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 102 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extend device functionality

G
Function-group interactions

Application templates:
Measuring points are pre-connected

S
Line 1

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
VT 3-phase 1 Voltage 3-phase
with function group interfaces. CT 3-phase 1 Line Current 3-phrase

E
New function groups added from the
library:

M
Circuit Breaker 1
The connection between measuring <none> Voltage 3-phase

E
<none> Current 3-phase
points and function group interfaces <none>

I
Voltage 1-phase

needs to be defined by the user.

S
Version: D_02_Page 103
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Extend device functionality

G
Function-group interactions

A
All Function groups coming
by application templates
are ready for use

S
Added Function groups
need to be connected to

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Measuring points

E
Circuit-breaker groups
Other function groups
Protection function

M
groups

I E
Select which measuring
point inputs to which

S
function group
Connect interfaces
between function groups

10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
Version: D_02_Page 104 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Extend device functionality

G
Function-group interactions

A
These connections (measuring point / function group interface) are shown in
Single-line configurations editor

S
Function group connections editor

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Line 1 Circuit Breaker 1

N
VT 3-phase 1 Voltage 3-phase VT 3-phase 1 Voltage 3-phase
CT 3-phase 1 Line Current 3-phase CT 3-phase 1 Current 3-phase

E
<none> Voltage 1-phase

I E M
S
Version: D_02_Page 105
10 DIGSI 5 - Configure
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
E
SIPROTEC 5 /

I
DIGSI 5 Basic Course

S
08 Documentation
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
G
Content

S
Content

A
Documentation Overview

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Documents for Line Protection

E
Devices
Contents of System Catalog

M
Contents of Device Manuals
Document front cover

S I E
Version: D_02_Page 2
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5 Documentation Overview

A
Marketing Sales Manuals Others

S
SIPROTEC 5
Communication
Protocols
Manuals

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E
Device SIPROTEC 5
Manuals Operating
Manual

I E M SIPROTEC 5
Engineering

S
guide

ed
plann

08 Documentation
Version: D_02_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Line Protection Devices
Device documentation

A
Device catalog
One document for all line protection devices 7SA8,

S
7SD8, 7SL8, 7VK8
Overall functional description

N
No technical data included link to the

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


manual/download area

E
Device manuals
One manual for Distance Protection
and Line Differential Protection for 3-pole tripping

M
7SA84, 7SD84, 7SA86, 7SD86, 7SL86

E
One manual for Distance Protection,

I
Line Differential Protection and Breaker Management
for 1-pole and 3-pole tripping

S
7SA87, 7SD87, 7SL87, 7VK87

08 Documentation
Version: D_02_Page 4 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
System Catalog
Content

S A
N

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 5
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
Device manuals
Content

S A
N

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 6
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
G
SIPROTEC 5 System Discriptions

S
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec5
A
N

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


M E
S I E
Version: D_02_Page 7
08 Documentation
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
06 Function groups and application template
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S Function-structure concept

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Application template

M E
S I
Version: D_01_Page 2
E 06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: The advantages

A
1.The same function can be used in different devices
user statement: why is the 7SA “BF protection function” different from 7SJ?

S
the above fact causes confusion / clarification
2.Better “response time” regarding customer requirements
functional improvement for function A in device type X is also available for function A in

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
device type Y (only the release for this device is required)
3.The user has not to “buy” functions which are not required for his application

E
4.Functions and their settings could be copied within one device or between devices
5.Enhanced functional flexibility, e.g.
another protection stage can be added

M
a function can be routed to any analogue input

S I
Version: D_01_Page 3
E 06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
SIPROTEC 5 provides modular functions

S
Device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
50 27

E
21 81 25
51
48 …
49

M
79
59

S I E
Functions can be moved !

Version: D_01_Page 4
06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

The functions are grouped to primary objects like Line, CB, …


via ‘so called’ Function Groups

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Device
Function groups (FG)
FG Line 51 FG CB

M
21 25
81

E
49 trip

I
79

S
59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
A device will incorporate different function groups, e.g. a distance protection
device:

S
Line: includes protection functions related to a line
CB: includes functions related to a CB

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Further function groups: transformer, motor, disconnector, …

E
Device
Function groups (FG)

M
FG Line FG CB

I E
21 79 25
51 49

S
trip
81 59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions receive their measurement values?
The Function Groups (FG) incorporate Interfaces for current / voltage

S
measurement values
The functions in the FG are assigned automatically to these interfaces

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device

E N
Function groups (FG)
FG Line FG CB

M
IF 21 79

I E
IF 51 49 trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 7
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions receive their measurement values?
The Function Groups (FG) receive measured values from Measuring

S
Points (MP) via the interfaces
The connection between FG and MP is configurable by DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device

MP-I IF
FG Line

E N
Function groups (FG)
FG CB

M
MP-I IF IF 21 79

I E
MP-V IF IF 51 49 trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 8
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions receive their measurement values?
The Measuring Points (MP) are routed to the analogue input terminals

S
The connection between MP and terminal is configurable by DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device

E N
Function groups (FG)
FG Line FG CB

M
MP-I IF IF 21 79

E
51

I
MP-V IF IF 49 trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 9
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions process
the operation of the CB

S
and other relevant information to other functions, e.g. to Automatic
Reclosing?

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
FG are connected via Interfaces, to process this data,
again: functions are assigned to these interfaces

E
The connection is made using DIGSI 5
Device
Function groups (FG)

M
FG Line FG CB
MP-I

E
IF IF 21 79

I
IF IF
MP-V IF IF 51 49 trip

S
81 59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How do functions process
the operation of the CB
and other relevant information to other functions, e.g. to Automatic

S
Reclosing?
FG are connected via Interfaces, to process this data,

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
again: functions are assigned to these interfaces

E
The connection is made using DIGSI 5
Device
Function groups (FG)

M
FG Line FG CB FG
IF
79 CB

E
MP-I IF IF FG
21 79
trip

I
IF IF
79 CB
MP-V IF IF 51 49 trip

S
trip
81 59

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 11 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How are commands and signals processed to device terminals?

S
Commands & signals are routed to the BOs (terminals) by DIGSI 5
The connection is made using DIGSI 5

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Device
Function groups (FG)
FG Line FG CB

M
MP-I IF IF 21 79
IF

E
IF
51 49

I
MP-V IF IF trip
81 59

S
Version: D_01_Page 12
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Structure of the chosen Application Template

A
More detailed form: all interfaces shown simplified form:

S
Device 7SL87, AT “Basic”

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


FG Line FG CB

N
MP-I IF 21 78

E
Ctrl
IF IF
51 51N 50
Int.Lk
MP-V IF
87 FL

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 13
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
How? … SIPROTEC 5-functions may contain a flexible no. of stages
(protection elements)

S
Device
FG Line

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Function

N
21 51

E
Function-stages
… 51-1

51-2

M
51-3

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 14
Function-stages can be moved !

06 Function groups and application templates


Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Moving of functions

A
Moving of functions:
Remove (delete) from a FG

S
Add from the library Device B, Application y
FG 1
Copy from FG 1 to FG 2

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Copy within a FG
Copy from device x to device y

E
Device A, Application x DIGSI 5 Library

21

M
FG 1 FG 2
21 25

I E
27
51
48

S
59
:

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Moving of function groups

A
Configuration and moving of function-groups:
FG type CB
DIGSI 5 Library

S
Add from the library, e.g. for 1,5 CB appl. FG type x

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
MP-V

E
Device, Application x 25
FG Line
MP-I

M
21 FG CB-A
MP-V

E
25
MP-V

I
FG CB-B

S
Version: D_01_Page 16
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Moving of function groups

A
Configuration and moving of function-groups:

S
Device B
Copy within the application
Copy from device A to device B

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Delete within an application

E
Device A, Application x
Line
FG line

M
MP-I
21 FG CB A
B

E
MP-V
25

I
MP-V

S
MP-V

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 17 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: Review

A
Functions (FNs) may contain stages, the no. of stages can be altered
FNs are grouped via the function groups (FGs)
FGs are interconnected via interfaces (IF), the connection is configurable

S
FGs are connected to measuring points (MPs) via interfaces,
the connection is configurable

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
MPs and Circuit-breaker FG are connected to the terminals, the

E
connection is configurable
27-1
Device 7xyz, Application xyz

M
FG Line 27-2 FG CB
MP-I IF 21 27

I E
IF IF trip
51 49

S
MP-V IF
59 81 79 25

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 18 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Function-structure concept

G
Modularity: How?

A
Let’s review, important terms:

S
Function group (FG)
Function (FN)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Stage

E
Measuring point (MP)
Interfaces (IF) of FGs

I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 19
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Function-structure concept

G
Settings & information

Details: Have a look at the settings and information hierarchy

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


Device A / application x

N
FG 1
FN 1

E
Stage 1
settings, information
Stage 2

M
settings, information
FN 2
Group Inform.

E
information

I
General
settings, information

S
Stage 1
settings, information

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 20 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S Function-structure concept

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Application template

M E
S I E
Version: D_01_Page 26
06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application template

G
What for?

How do we support the user to start his engineering work as close to his

A
application as possible?

S
Via offering ‘so called’ Application Templates.

The Application template is the predefinition of the overall device

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
functionality, it defines:

E
1. Default-composition of stages, FNs, FGs, MPs and their connections
2. Default settings and default signal routing
3. Default device display

M
4. Default CFC-charts

E
it is “a little bit” comparable to the “SIPROTEC 4 parameter set”

I
Application Configuration:

S
Actual device functionality (evolved from an AT)

Next click next page 06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 27 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application template

G
Differences to SIPROTEC 4 and benefits

A
Free composition of stages, FNs, FGs, MPs and their connections
gives the user the freedom to perfectly match his real application,
from simple to sophisticated applications

S
keeps away complexity (“see what you need”)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
The availability of different AT for one device-type

E
the user starts the engineering from a basis very close to his real
application
reduces engineering efforts

E M
The user can save the AC as a new AT (step 2 feature)

I
reduces engineering efforts

S
Version: D_01_Page 28
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application Template

G
Engineering work flow

1. When adding a device to the DIGSI 5-project, the user selects the application

A
template that fits best to the real application

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 29
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application template

G
Engineering work flow

A
E.g. the device type distance protection 7SA84 will provide the following 4 application
templates:

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
busbar DIGSI 5

7SA84 Application templates:

E
Basic
Device 7SA84 / Application “Basic”
MV cable, comp./isol.
FG Line FG CB

M
MP-I MV overhead line, comp./isol.
21 trip HV overhead line, earthed
MP-U

E
51 51N 50

I
FL FFM

S
line

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 30 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application template / configuration

G
Engineering work flow

A
1. When adding a device to the DIGSI 5-project, the user selects the
application template that fits best to the real application

S
2. The user adopts the functional scope to his real application
70% case: by adding or removing functions and/or stages

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
30% case: by adding FGs, MPs (and FNs) and their inter-connection as

E
well as to the routing to the process

3. The user routes all signals regarding physical/logical sources/destinations

E M
4. If required: - Creating CFC-charts - Editing the default display

I
S
Version: D_01_Page 31
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application configuration

G
Engineering Work Flow: Altering the functional scope -> add FN

A
Copy (drag & drop) the function from the library into the FG
Add the function “3-ph undervoltage protection (27)”

S
Hm?
Hm?Where
Wheredo doIIfind
findthe
thefunction
function

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
ininthe
theLIB
LIBand
andtotowhere
wheredo doIIhave
have
to
tocopy
copyit?it?

E
Library-structure and device-functional structure are identical
If you know one answer you know both

M
If you don’t know it you look in the manual: there the position is given

S I E
Version: D_01_Page 32
06 Function groups and application templates
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Application configuration

G
AT “Overhead line”

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
S
Version: D_01_Page 33
06 Function groups and application templates
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Application configuration

G
AT “1.5 CB”

A
BB 1 T15 7SL86 or 7SL87

U1 MU-U (1)
T1.1 U2
3phase
Tapped
MU-U (2)

S
T1.2 LINE U3 1phase

I1
FG Line FG CB A-QA
MU-I (3)
I2 3phase 3I MN (+) 51 1U 25
QA A- I3 3U
78 3I 50BF

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


I4

N
59N
U1 3U 27 59 81 21 IF IF 79
T2.1 MU-U (4)
U2 3phase
T5
U3 87Stub FL Int.Lk
T2.2

E
U4
QB91 1I Ctrl BI
I1 serial
87 BO
MU-I (5) interface 1
to
T1.1 I2 3phase PD I CB A- QA
I3 serial
interface 2 FG CB B-QA
I4
1U 25

M
MU-U (6)
QA U4 1phase
3U
B- 3I 50BF
FG 3phase voltage IF 79

E
T2.2 Supervison of busvoltage and frequency

Int.Lk

I
QB92 3U 27 59 81 IF

Ctrl BI
T1.1 BO
to

S
CB B- QA
QA C-

T2.2

BB 2 T16

06 Function groups and application templates


Version: D_01_Page 34 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5 /

S
DIGSI 5 Basic Course
04 Communication modules
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Content

Content

A G
S
Plugin – modules hardware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
and general features

E
Initial communication
configuration

M
Assignment for protocols

I E
Protocol features - Overview

S
Protocol testing

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 3 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Front view of the device with USB interfaces

USB interface for PC with DIGSI 5

A G
Standard USB cable (no special cable required)

S
No USB hub supported
Initialize device via USB interface necessary for
the initial configuration

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E NUSB interface for a memory stick

M
Allow connection of a memory stick
Future features possible like:
Read out file system, logs and fault records

E
Authorize with a memory stick (user authorization)

I
Device replacement. Device configuration stored
on the memory stick.

S
Version: D_01_Page 4
04 Communication modules
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Rear view of the device with terminals, plug-in-module

G
positions and communication ports (1)

A
Plug-in module (Position E)
Can be equipped with every available plug in-module

S
Modules can be changed without opening the device
Different electrical or optical modules available for
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
Plug-in module (Position F)
Can be equipped with every available plug-in-module
Modules can be changed without opening the device
Different electrical or optical modules available for

M
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications
E

I E
Integrated Ethernet interface (Port J)
Rear standard Ethernet interface for DIGSI 5

S
F J Option: Cost effective IEC 61850 client server
communication (for six clients,
no GOOSE messages)

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 5 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Rear view of the device with terminals, plug-in-module

G
positions and communication ports (2)

A
Time synchronization port (Port G)
Time telegrams IRIB-B00 from GPS – receiver

S
Time telegrams from a DFC 77 receiver
1 s pulse for high precision time sync. applications
Fully pin compatible with SIPROTEC 4 Port A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


(all external converters and cables can be

N
used)

E
Separate/remote operational panel
(Port H)
G Connection to remote operational panel

M
External panel will be fully supplied by this port

I E
Com-Link to expansion module (Port K)
Communication link to expansion module CB202

S
J Special Ethernet link (can not be used as
K standard Ethernet connection)
CB202 can not be used stand alone

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 6 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Rear view of expansion – module CB202

G
for 3 additional plug-in – module

A
Terminal block
For independent wide range power supply

S
Com-Link to base module (Port L)
Communication link to Port K of base module

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Plug-in module (Position M)
L Can be equipped with special plug-in-modules

E
(20 mA analog inputs)
M Not designed for use with communication modules

Plug-in module (Position N)

M
Can be equipped with every available plug-in-module
Modules can be changed without opening the device
N

E
Different electrical or optical modules available for

I
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications

Plug-in module (Position P)

S
Can be equipped with every available plug-in-module
P Modules can be changed without opening the device
Different electrical or optical modules available for
serial or Ethernet based protocols and applications

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 7 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A trend-setting communication architecture

G
A new communication design

A
Hardware and communication design is like playing with LEGO bricks
1)
Building new functions through use of programmable FPGA hardware

S
(HDLC controller, time tagging, MAC address filtering for GOOSE…).
Microprocessors is running inside the FPGA
Different applications running on one module type

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
(Serial protocols and protection data interface on one type of module)
Separation of communication (plug-in module) and protection / control application

E
(main CPU)

I E M
S
from easy one
1) Field programmable gate array to complex functions

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 8 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Siemens Power Academy TD
G

end
frontend
Physicalfront
al
Physical
ic l l)
ys icaria l)
serial module with 2 optical ports

phhys(se ria
ific p d (se
ec ificen d
A

Sp ec nt en
Spfroont
fr
Universal

ith
rw e
so a r
S
es dw ith
oc ar
pr h r w
n l e so a re
tio ab es dw
ica am oc ar
N
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
un gr pr h
m ro n l e

04 Communication modules
A common architecture is used for all modules

m y p tio ab
Co full nica ram
u g
m ro
m yp
Co full
Internal bus connector
E al

with Ethernet links


Internal bus connector
Physical front end

M
without / with integrated switch

ic et)
Communication plug-in modules

ys rn
p h th e
ific (E
ec n d
Sp nt e
Ethernet module

fro

E
ith
rw e
so a r

I
es dw
oc ar

Version: D_01_Page 9
pr h

S
n le
tio ab
ica am
un gr
m ro
m yp
Co full
Internal bus connector
Serial electrical and optical communication module

G
with one or two independent ports

A
One or two RS485 ports with RJ45 –
connectors for one / two independent protocol

S
applications
Use of standard Ethernet patch cables saves
cost for cabling (no 7XV5103 cables required)

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
US A
RT-A
C-2E Each module has a unique readable name
L
(e.g. USART-AB-1EL, USART-AC-2EL)

E
Electrical module with RS485 interface
One or two 820 nm fiber optical ports with
ST – connectors for one / two

M
independent protocol applications
Optical connector and cabling fully compatible

E
to SIPROTEC 4. Multimode-fiber 62,5/125 m

I
Each module has a unique readable name
(e.g. USART-AD-1FO, USART-AE-2FO)

S
Synchronous (HDLC or IEEE C37.94)
Fiber optical module with
820 nm interface or asynchronous operation mode

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 10 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Optical long distance communication modules

G
with one or two independent ports

S A
One or two 1300 / 1550 nm ports with LC –
simplex or LC – duplex connectors for one/two
independent protocol applications

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Spanned distance over single mode fiber
24 km / 60 km / 100 km with 2 fibers

E
40 km over 1 fiber (integrated WDM*)
Saves expensive fibers for long distances
Optical long distance module Spanned distance over multimode fiber

M
with two 1300 or 1550 nm interfaces
4 km with 2 fiber cables
Identical hardware like 24 km

E
single mode module

I
Each module has a unique readable name
(e.g. USART-AF-1LDFO, USART-AW-2LDFO)

S
* Wave division multiplexer

Version: D_01_Page 11
04 Communication modules
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Siemens Power Academy TD
Optical or electrical Ethernet module

G
Two ports without or with integrated switch

A
Spanned distance over electrical Ethernet
Two RJ45 connectors
20 m with CAT5 double shielded cables

S
Spanned distance over optical Ethernet
2 LC-duplex connectors
2 km with 50/125 um or 62,5/125 um fiber cables

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Operation without or with the integrated switch

E
Electrical Ethernet module with
for the optical and electrical Ethernet module
two electrical ports One or two ports connected to an external switch.
Active port and hot standby port if one

M
connection fails (as SIPROTEC 4 EN100)
Operation with integrated switch. RSTP for max. 40

E
devices in a Ethernet ring topology. This mode is

I
available for every Ethernet based application (e.g.
IEC 61850, DNP 3, syncrophasor protocol ...... )

S
Each module has a unique readable name
Optical Ethernet module with (e.g. ETH-BA-2EL, ETH-BB-2FO)
two optical ports

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 12 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
General features of the communication in

G
SIPROTEC 5 devices

Two module positions in the base housing (E / F). Another three module

S
positions on CB202 extension for communication (M,N,P)
Customer orders plug-in – modules which are not preconfigured with a protocol A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
or communication - application.
Protocols or applications running on plug-in – modules are assigned to the

E
specific module and it's port with DIGSI 5 during the initial configuration
process.
Two serial communication applications running on one module offer a high application

M
density (e.g. IEC 60870-5-103 and protection data interface on one USART-AE–2FO module).

E
Communication redundancy (+ time sync.)
Hardware redundancy (e.g. two substation control interfaces pluggable, two ports)

I
Optical or electrical ring configuration (no interruption of the ring when CB202 is supplied from
another battery as the main device)

S
Functional redundancy (e.g. redundant protocols with 2*IEC 60870-5-103)

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 13 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Content

Content

A G
S
Plugin – modules hardware

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
and general features

E
Initial communication
configuration

M
Assignment for protocols

I E
Protocol features - Overview

S
Protocol testing

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 14 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
Which protocol applications are running on

G
which module?

S A

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


E N
I E M
Protocols running on serial modules:
IEC 60870-5-103, DNP 3, PI (Protection Interface)
Protocols running on Ethernet modules:

S
IEC 61850 (C/S 1) , GOOSE), DNP 3, IEEE C37.118, SNTP, RSTP, DCP, DIGSI 5
1) Clients <-> Server

04 Communication modules
Version: D_01_Page 15 Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
A G
NS
M E
I E
SIPROTEC 5/

S
DIGSI 5 BASIC-Course
02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5
www.siemens.com/poweracademy Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
G
Basic function of SIPROTEC 5

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection 21 87L 50 51 50BF 25 79

S
Measurement Q cos A max
A V f P
Metering
+kWh -kWh

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring SW HW I=0
Feeder Monitoring SF6 loss Pick up CB Live time

E
Control Local Remode SLD
Data Acquisition Trip log Status log Alarm log
C urrent i L2/ A

M
2

Fault Recording 0

-2
-0,4 -0,3 -0,2 -0,1 -0,0 0,1 0, 2 0,3 0,4 0,5
t/s
-4

Automation-Logic Bay Interlocking Sequences

E
Time Synchronization GPS IRIG B DCF 77 IEC 103

I
Communication IEC 103 IEC 61850 GOOSE

S
Security Safe CT Interlock Passwort
Test BI BO Interfase I-Simulation

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 2 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Protection Application

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection SIPROTEC 5 includes all protection functions for transmission and subtransmission networks

S
Measurement
SIPROTEC 5 is applicable for different substation designs
Metering Single, double and triple busbar designs
1,5 CB schemes, ….

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring

Feeder Monitoring Application templates are available for different schemes

E
Pre configuration reduces the engineering efforts
Control
User defined standards leads simplification and repeatability
Data Acquisition Copying of functions and setting between the devices

M
Fault Recording
The library concept increases the flexibility
Automation-Logic Required functions can easily be loaded into the device

E
A wide range of proven protection functions are available
Time Synchronization
Possible extensions are made simple (add stages, zones,..)

I
Communication
A clear functional structure (function groups) clusters the functions, allows flexible

S
Security applications and guarantees correct operation
Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 3 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Control and Automation

A
SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 5 includes all functions for Control and Automation of transmission


Protection
and subtransmission networks

S
Measurement
CFC (continuous function chart) includes all elements for interlocking
Metering Local control on the device
Remote control through DIGSI

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring
Remote control from the SSA through serial interface
Feeder Monitoring
Application templates are available with predefined interlocking

E
Control Pre configuration reduces the engineering efforts
User defined standardization
Data Acquisition

Complete Station interlocking through IEC61850 and GOOSE

M
Fault Recording

Automation-Logic Automation solutions

E
Tap changer control
Time Synchronization

I
Intelligent load shedding (active power + frequency)
Communication Network changeover, stability supervision
Management of distributed generation in Smart Grid plants

S
Security

Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 4 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Monitoring

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection SIPROTEC 5 includes all functions for effective monitoring of transmission


and subtransmission network

S
Measurement

Metering
Self supervision
All internal hardware components and external interfaces, runtime of software

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring Clear text indication (cause of failure and countermeasure)
Feeder Monitoring
Monitoring of primary equipment

E
Control
Operational log records process data with a time stamp (up to 2000 events)
Data Acquisition Monitoring of the system through measurement supervision (voltage and frequency, power
and load) and through measuring transducer (analogue 4 to 20 mA ) inputs

M
Fault Recording (SF6 loss, gas pressure, temperature,…)
Automation-Logic

E
Powerful fault analysis
Time Synchronization
Fault recording with a high sampling rate and a long period (8 kHz & 20s or 1 kHz & 160 s)

I
Communication Trip log with 1 ms resolution and up to 1000 events

S
Security

Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 5 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Communication

A
SIPROTEC 5

Netzleitstelle
Protection
Redundant interfacing to control center,

S
Measurement e.g. with DNP3, (black)

Metering
SICAM PAS SICAM PAS • Connection to both substation systems

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring
• IEC 61850 (blue)

Feeder Monitoring
IEC 60870-5-103 (rot)

E
Control SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5
Separate connection to field level for

Data Acquisition GOOSE communication IEC 61850 (grün)

M
Fault Recording

Automation-Logic Separate connection to DIGSI 5 – PC with

E
Ethernet IEC 61850
Time Synchronization

I
Communication

S
Security

Test
DIGSI 5

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 6 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
G
SIPROTEC 5 Communication

A
SIPROTEC 5

Protection
SIPROTEC 5 includes powerful communication functionality
Flexible communication modules standard hardware components (physical hardware is independent

S
Measurement
of software)
Metering Support of standard communication protocols
IEC 61850; IEC 60870-5-103

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.


N
Self Monitoring DNPi 3.0,….
Flexible communication solutions are possible
Feeder Monitoring Double 103 protocol

E
Redundant topologies with SSA
Control Powerful protection data interface (for differential protection, data exchange in substation, DIGSI 5
communication)
Data Acquisition
Communication is the key feature of all applications

M
Fault Recording Smart grid means flexibility in communication
Automation-Logic
SIPROTEC 5 supports Cyber Security requirements

E
Present standards are fulfilled (NERC CIP, BDEW,…)
Time Synchronization

I
DIGSI 5 communication with encryption and strong password access
Communication

S
Security

Test

02 Basic function of SIPROTEC 5 Siemens Power Academy TD


Version: D_03_Page 7 SIPROTEC 5/ DIGSI 5 Basic Course
DIGSI 5 – Basics

0. Agenda

G
1. Specification of 220 kV Feeder
Protection and Automation

A
2. Basic function of SIPROTEC 5

3.

S
Hardware Overview

4. Communication Modules

N
5. Software Components

E
6. Function Groups and Application Templates

7. Order Configurator and Function Points

M
8. Documentation

E
9. DIGSI 5 - Overview

I
10. DIGSI 5 - Configure

S
11. DIGSI 5 - Control Functions

12. DIGSI 5 - Online Connection to the device

13. DIGSI 5 - Expansion of function points

14. Curriculum Approach & Contacts

Siemens Power Academy


© Siemens AG
A G
N S
Siemens Power
Siemens Power Academy
Academy TD TD

M E
E
DIGSI 5 – Basics

S I
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. siemens.com/poweracademy

Potrebbero piacerti anche